Tandem Diabetes Care Inc 10-K for FY2024
Tandem Diabetes Care Inc (TNDM)
10-K
2025-02-26
For: 2024-12-31
View Original
Added on
April 12, 2026
About this 10-K
Tandem Diabetes Care Inc filed this 10-K on February 26, 2025, covering the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 (FY2024).
Headline figures
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, as reported in this filing, compared with the same period a year earlier where the filing states it.
- Revenue
- $940.2M
- up 25.7% from $747.72M a year earlier
- Net loss
- $96.03M
- compared with a net loss of $222.61M a year earlier
- Diluted EPS
- -$1.47
- compared with -$3.43 a year earlier
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_________________________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________________________
| ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
For the fiscal year ended December 31 , 2024
or
| TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |||||
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number 001-36189
_________________________________________________________________
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
_________________________________________________________________
| (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | ||||||||||
| (Zip Code) | |||||||||||
| (Address of principal executive offices) | |||||||||||
(858 ) 366-6900
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
| Title of Each Class | Trading Symbol(s) | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered | ||||||
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
____________________________________________________None__________________________________________________
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| x | Accelerated filer | ☐ | ||||||||||||
| Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | Smaller reporting company | ||||||||||||
| Emerging growth company | ||||||||||||||
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to § 240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 28, 2024, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $2.6 billion based on the closing price for the common stock of $40.29 on that date. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director, and their affiliated stockholders have been excluded from this calculation as such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 21, 2025, there were 66,473,272 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Item 1C | ||||||||||||||
| Item 16 | ||||||||||||||
1
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, or this Annual Report, contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “could,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “intend,” “believe,” “continue” or the negative of such terms, or other comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements also include the assumptions underlying or relating to such statements. In particular, forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report relate to, among other things, our future or assumed financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, trends impacting our financial results, including business forecasts and plans, research and product development plans, manufacturing plans, strategic plans and objectives, capital needs and financing plans, product launches, regulatory approvals, the impact of changes in the competitive environment, cybersecurity threats, macroeconomic pressures or uncertainties and the application of accounting guidance. We caution you that the foregoing list may not include all of the forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report. In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.
Our forward-looking statements are based on our management’s current assumptions and expectations about future events and trends, which affect or may affect our business, strategy, operations or financial performance. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, they are subject to numerous known and unknown risks and uncertainties and are made in light of information currently available to us. Our actual financial condition and results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth below under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7, and elsewhere in this Annual Report, as well as in the other reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. You should read this Annual Report with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect.
Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they were made, and, except to the extent required by law or the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, we undertake no obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement because of new information, future events or other factors.
We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Risk Factor Summary
Below is a summary of material factors that make an investment in our securities speculative or risky. Importantly, this summary does not address all of the risks that we face. Additional discussion of the risks summarized in this risk factor summary, as well as other risks that we face, can be found below, under the heading “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report, and should be carefully considered, together with other information in this Annual Report, before making investment decisions regarding our securities.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
•We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will achieve sustained profitability.
•We currently rely on sales of insulin pump products to generate a significant portion of our revenue, and any factors that negatively impact sales of these products may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
2
•Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends in part on retaining a high percentage of our customer base.
•Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
•Competing products, therapeutic techniques or other technological developments and breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our products obsolete or less desirable or reduce the size of our potential market.
•Our sales and marketing efforts in the United States are largely dependent on independent distributors who are free to market products that compete with our products. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively affected.
•We are dependent on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll participants in our current and anticipated clinical trials and human factors studies, and the failure to successfully complete clinical trials and studies could prevent us from obtaining regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals for or commercializing our products.
•Any concerns regarding the safety or efficacy of our products could limit sales and cause unforeseen negative effects to our business prospects and financial results.
•We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components and products, and the loss of any of these suppliers, their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of components or products, or our inability to adequately forecast customer demand, could harm our business.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
•Commercializing our products outside of the United States may result in a variety of risks associated with international operations that could materially adversely affect our business.
•Failure to obtain any required regulatory authorization, clearance or certification in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products in international markets.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
•We have incurred a significant amount of indebtedness and the agreements governing such indebtedness subject us to required debt service payments, as well as financial and operational covenants, any of which may restrict our financial flexibility and affect our ability to operate our business.
•Servicing our senior convertible notes (the Notes) will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to repay the Notes.
Risks Related to Our Future Financings and Financial Results
•We may need to raise additional funds in the future and if we are unable to raise additional funds when necessary or desirable, we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives.
•Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
Risks Related to Macroeconomic Conditions and External Factors
•Uncertainty in current global economic and political conditions could adversely affect our ability to predict product demand and impact our financial results and makes it more likely that our actual results could differ materially from expectations.
•Public health threats, epidemics, or pandemics could have a material adverse effect on our operations, the operations of our business partners, and the global economy as a whole.
3
•Because our business is global, our sales and profits may fluctuate or decline in response to changes in foreign currency exchange rates or other international risks.
•Climate change or other extreme weather conditions and related regulations may have a long-term impact on our business.
Risks Related to Privacy and Security
•We may be subject to stringent and evolving United States and foreign laws, regulations, and rules, contractual obligations, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation (including class claims) and mass arbitration demands; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse business consequences.
•If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work, our data, or our software are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; harm to our reputation; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse consequences.
Risks Related to Legal and Intellectual Property
•Our ability to comprehensively protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.
•Patent litigation in the medical device industry is common, and we may be subject to litigation that could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of management from our business.
•We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment
•Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.
•New products or modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearances, PMAs or certifications, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances, certifications or approvals are obtained.
•A recall or suspension of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact on us.
Other Risks
•The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate significantly.
•We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.
•Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
•If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which could harm our business and result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.
4
PART I
Item 1. Business
References within this Annual Report to “Tandem,” “we,” “our,” “us,” “management,” or the “Company” refer to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
Overview
Tandem Diabetes Care, a global insulin delivery and diabetes technology company, manufactures and sells advanced automated insulin delivery systems that reduce the burden of diabetes management, while creating new possibilities for patients, their loved ones and healthcare providers. Our pump portfolio features the Tandem Mobi and t:slim X2, both of which feature Control-IQ advanced hybrid closed-loop technology. Our headquarters are in San Diego, California.
We consider our primary addressable market to be people who live with type 1 diabetes. We are seeking to expand our addressable market to include people living with type 2 diabetes who require intensive insulin therapy. Diabetes management can vary greatly from person to person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. Our goal is to address the individual needs of people with insulin-dependent diabetes and their care team, by offering flexibility and choice in intelligent insulin delivery systems through an accessible portfolio of market-leading pumps, applications, and insights.
The t:slim X2 Insulin Delivery System has been our flagship technology solution. In February 2024, we expanded our pump portfolio with the United States launch of Tandem Mobi. Both pumps feature our Control-IQ advanced hybrid closed loop technology, with an automated insulin delivery (AID) feature designed to help increase a user's time in targeted glycemic range. Our t:slim X2 and Tandem Mobi pumps can be used with a variety of infusion sets to offer patients choice in how and where their pump is worn. In addition, they are software-updatable from a personal computer and compatible with our web-based data management application.
In the four-year period ended December 31, 2024, we shipped more than 480,000 insulin pumps, which is representative of our in-warranty global installed customer base assuming the typical four-year reimbursement cycle. Approximately 320,000 pumps were shipped to customers in the United States and approximately 160,000 were shipped to customers outside the United States.
Diabetes and the Insulin Therapy Management Market
Diabetes is a chronic, life-threatening disease for which there is no known cure. It is typically classified as either type 1 or type 2:
•Type 1 diabetes is characterized by the body’s nearly complete inability to produce insulin. It is frequently diagnosed as an acute event during childhood or adolescence. Individuals with type 1 diabetes require intensive insulin therapy to survive.
•Type 2 diabetes is characterized by the body’s inability to either properly use insulin or produce enough insulin. It’s a progressive condition, and a person in the advanced stages of living with type 2 diabetes often requires intensive insulin therapy. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention estimates Type 2 accounts for 90-95% of diagnosed diabetes in adults in the United States.
We consider our addressable market to be people diagnosed with diabetes who are living with type 1 diabetes and we are also seeking to expand our addressable market to include people living with type 2 diabetes who require intensive insulin therapy. Throughout this Annual Report, we refer to these individuals as people with insulin-dependent diabetes. In the geographies we serve, we estimate more than 5 million people live with type 1 diabetes of whom, approximately 2 million reside in the United States. We estimate nearly 2.5 million people in the United States live with type 2 diabetes and require intensive insulin therapy.
Diabetes can be difficult for patients to manage. Unlike most therapies, insulin requirements can vary greatly and can be affected by many factors, such as type or quantity of food eaten, illness, stress and exercise. Preventing and managing fluctuations in blood glucose levels between hypoglycemia, or low blood glucose levels, and hyperglycemia, or high blood glucose levels, is often time consuming and stressful.
5
There are two primary therapies used by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, Multiple Daily Injection (MDI) and insulin pumps. Insulin pumps are intended to more closely resemble the physiologic function of a healthy pancreas and use rapid-acting insulin to fulfill both mealtime (bolus) and background (basal) requirements. Insulin pump systems are most commonly comprised of a programmable, durable device, a single-use cartridge filled with insulin by the user, and a single-use infusion set to administer insulin into the person’s body. This system is typically known as a durable pump and the device itself is expected to last for multiple years. By comparison, there are also disposable pumps which combine the pump mechanism, battery and electronics with the cartridge and infusion set into a body-worn patch. These pumps are entirely disposed of by the user every 3 days.
Approximately 2.2 million people worldwide are estimated to use an insulin pump to manage their diabetes. We estimate that approximately 900,000 people in the United States use an insulin pump, of whom approximately 85% live with type 1 diabetes.
Insulin pump therapy can provide benefit when used independently or in conjunction with continuous glucose monitoring (CGM), which is a technology that provides users with real-time access to their glucose levels as well as trend information. In addition, insulin pumps may feature an AID algorithm that is designed to automatically adjust a person’s insulin delivery based on their CGM trends and other factors to help minimize the frequency and/or duration of hyperglycemic and/or hypoglycemic events. The American Diabetes Association Standards of Care state that diabetes devices should be offered to people with diabetes. It also states that AID systems are preferred over non-automated pumps and MDI, and should be offered for diabetes management to youth and adults with type 1 diabetes.
Our Technology: Improving the Lives of People with Insulin-Dependent Diabetes
We develop our insulin pump technology and related product offerings using a consumer-focused approach. We initially rely on the use of behavioral sciences, including extensive research to ascertain what people with insulin-dependent diabetes require and prefer from their diabetes therapy. We then look to modern consumer technology for inspiration and design our hardware and software solutions to try to meet the specific demands of people living with diabetes. This multi-step approach has resulted in products that provide users with the distinct features and functionality they seek and in a manner that makes the features usable and intuitive.
Our insulin pumps are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years. In addition to insulin pumps, we sell single-use products that are used together with our pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body.
We launched our flagship t:slim platform in August 2012, and its next generation, the t:slim X2, in October 2016. In February 2024, we expanded our offerings with the commercial availability of Tandem Mobi in the United States. Both pumps are fully detachable, offer Bluetooth connectivity and can be used as part of an automated insulin delivery system.
6
 |  | |||||||||||||
Key Features | Tandem Mobi | t:slim X2 | ||||||||||||
Size | 1.5” x 2.0” | 2.0” x 3.1” | ||||||||||||
Control-IQ Technology | X | X | ||||||||||||
Remote Software Updates | X | X | ||||||||||||
On-body Wear | X | |||||||||||||
Smartphone Control | X | Mobile Bolus | ||||||||||||
Insulin Capacity | 200 units | 300 units | ||||||||||||
Integrated Color Touchscreen | X | |||||||||||||
Pump Button for Bolus Delivery | X | X | ||||||||||||
Our t:slim X2 and Tandem Mobi pumps feature our Control-IQ advanced hybrid closed loop technology. This AID feature is designed to help increase a user's time in targeted glycemic range (70-180 mg/dL), and is used by the majority of our customers worldwide. Control-IQ was the first AID algorithm cleared by the FDA to deliver automatic correction boluses in addition to adjusting basal insulin to help prevent high and low blood sugar. Control-IQ technology offers optional settings for sleep and exercise activities that adjust the algorithm parameters to better match the different physiological needs during these activities. Results from three independent pivotal studies using Control-IQ technology were published in the New England Journal of Medicine in October 2019, August 2020 and March 2023.
As part of our AID systems, we offer pump integration with multiple CGM sensors, which helps provide customizable solutions for people living with diabetes. The Dexcom G7 sensor is the fourth generation of Dexcom’s CGM that we have integrated with our pump technology since 2015. We began offering our t:slim X2 pump integrated with the Dexcom G7 sensor in the United States in December 2023 and outside the United States in January 2024. In addition, in January 2024 we announced that our t:slim X2 insulin pump with Control-IQ technology is the first AID system to integrate with the Abbott FreeStyle Libre 2 Plus sensor. Our extensive experience in CGM integration, and efforts to continue expanding the available CGM sensors integrated with our pump portfolio, represents our commitment to provide customizable solutions to help reduce burden and create new possibilities for people living with diabetes.
Tandem Device Updater
This tool allows our pump users to update their pump software quickly and easily from a personal computer. It is PC- and Mac- compatible and designed to work with our pumps in a manner similar to software updates on a smartphone. We have used this technology to offer our in-warranty customers worldwide software updates at no cost.
Tandem Source
Our web-based data management platform provides users, their caregivers and their healthcare providers with a fast, easy and visual way to display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps and integrated CGMs. In 2023, Tandem Source was launched in the United States and in 2024 we began scaling its launch outside the United States. Tandem Source also provides us with data that we can analyze to reveal patterns, trends, outcomes and associations that can be used to improve our products and in the analysis of clinical outcomes data. Tandem Source is designed to bring together the features of Tandem’s legacy t:connect, t:connect HCP, and t:connect Portal offerings with new comprehensive data reporting in one central, scalable platform. It offers automatic data transfers from pumps using the t:connect mobile app to keep online data current and remove the need for manual pump uploads.
7
Sugarmate
Sugarmate is a mobile app that is designed to help people visualize diabetes therapy data in innovative ways. It allows users to log glucose data and health and nutrition information, and can provide notifications and alerts to users, their family, and their caregivers.
Our Strategy & Future Technologies
Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. Our goal is to redefine global leadership in insulin delivery with an accessible portfolio of transformational devices, applications and services that reduce the daily burden of living with diabetes.
In support of this strategy, our portfolio of future technologies includes enhancing the features and capabilities of our t:slim X2 and Tandem Mobi insulin pump platforms, including adding a tubeless infusion site option for Tandem Mobi users. Our development efforts also include Sigi, our ergonomic and rechargeable patch pump, in addition to extended wear infusion technology and algorithm advancement in pursuit of offering fully closed loop technology.
Markets and Distribution Methods
Our technology solutions are now available in the following 25 countries:
Australia | Denmark | Israel | Norway | Spain | ||||||||||
Bahamas | Finland | Italy | Portugal | Sweden | ||||||||||
Belgium | France | Luxembourg | Saudi Arabia | Switzerland | ||||||||||
Canada | Germany | Netherlands | Slovakia | United Kingdom | ||||||||||
Czech Republic | Ireland | New Zealand | South Africa | United States | ||||||||||
In the United States and Canada, we employ direct sales, customer support, and clinical teams. We also partner with independent distributors for order fulfillment. Outside the United States and Canada, we contract with distributors who have substantial responsibility for sales, customer support, clinical efforts and order fulfillment. In addition, we anticipate initiating direct sales, training and customer support activities in select European countries beginning in 2026.
Revenue Concentrations and Significant Customers. A small number of independent distributors in the United States and Canada are responsible for order fulfillment. We believe these distributors carry minimal inventory at any given time. Outside the United States and Canada, there may be variability in inventory levels among our distributors, particularly when they first begin product sales or in the quarters surrounding the launch of new products. For the year ended December 31, 2024, two independent distributors each accounted for more than 10% of our worldwide sales.
Third-Party Reimbursement
In the United States, customer orders are typically fulfilled by billing third-party payors on behalf of our customers, or by using our network of distributors who then bill third-party payors on our customers’ behalf. Typically, customers are eligible for insurance reimbursement for the purchase of a new insulin pump once every four years. However, some plans may be limited to once every five years or have additional restrictions or requirements. Insurance reimbursement processes outside the United States vary by geography.
We are accredited by the Community Health Accreditation Program and are an approved Medicare provider. We enter into contracts with national and regional third-party payors to establish reimbursement for our insulin pump products, single-use insulin cartridges and other related supplies. If we are not contracted with a prospective customer’s third-party payor and in-network status cannot be otherwise obtained, then to the extent possible we use distribution channels so our customers’ orders can be serviced. While we have been working to increase our sales in the United States through our direct third-party payor contracts, the percentage is currently less than half of total sales. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future. Outside of the United States and Canada, our distribution partners are responsible for all reimbursement, tender application and fulfillment activities.
8
Manufacturing and Quality Assurance
Our t:slim X2 pumps, Tandem Mobi pumps and Tandem Mobi cartridges are currently assembled, tested, and packaged at our facilities in San Diego, California. Our t:slim X2 cartridges are manufactured by an experienced third-party contract manufacturer and packaged at our facilities in San Diego.
Outside suppliers are the source for components and some sub-assemblies in the production of our insulin pumps and cartridges. In addition, we purchase all of our currently marketed infusion sets from a third-party supplier, Unomedical A/S, a subsidiary of the ConvaTec Group. Unomedical is responsible for all manufacturing, testing, sterilization and packaging of the infusion sets under our brands. Any sole and single source supplier is managed through our supplier management program that is focused on reducing supply chain risk. Certain of our suppliers are evaluated, approved and monitored periodically by our quality department to ensure conformity with the specifications, policies and procedures applicable to our devices. Members of our quality department also inspect certain of our devices at various steps during the manufacturing cycle to facilitate compliance with our devices’ stringent specifications.
We purchase our raw materials and select components used in the manufacturing of our products from external suppliers. We purchase some supplies from a single or limited number of sources for reasons of proprietary know-how, quality assurance, cost-effectiveness, or constraints resulting from regulatory requirements. We work closely with our suppliers to help ensure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability. However, due to required medical device manufacturing qualification requirements, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or replacement sources. In the case of sole sourced parts, we manage risk through holding inventory in-house and at the supplier to ensure continuity of supply and lower risk of disruption. We purchase many of our components and sub-assemblies from manufacturers with whom we are at least dual sourced and across various geographies. We work closely with all suppliers to ensure continuity of supply while maintaining high quality and reliability.
We have received certification from BSI Group, a Notified Body to the International Standards Organization (ISO), of our quality system. A Notified Body is an entity that has been designated and accredited by the national competent authority of an EU Member State in accordance with applicable EU legislation to perform third-party conformity assessment activities including calibration, testing, certification and inspection of a medical device. Certain processes used in the manufacturing and testing of our devices have been verified and validated as required by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facility and the facilities of our sterilization and other critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA, certain corresponding state agencies, and Notified Bodies and foreign regulatory authorities.
Intellectual Property
We have made protection of our intellectual property a strategic priority. We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and other intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements and other measures to protect our proprietary rights.
As of December 31, 2024, our patent portfolio includes numerous issued patents and pending patent applications in the United States and other countries, which in the aggregate, we believe to be important to our business. Patents are generally effective for 20 years from the date the earliest application was filed in the patent family, and in some cases may be extended. Our issued patents as of December 31, 2024 are set to expire over a range of years, from 2025 to 2042, subject to any extensions. We also have various registered United States trademarks, registered European Community trademarks, and other trademark registrations and pending trademark applications in other countries and regions of the world. In addition, we have entered into exclusive and non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of business relating to a wide array of technologies or other intellectual property rights or assets.
Our patents and patent applications seek to protect aspects of key features of our pumps, cartridges, algorithms and pump systems. We believe that our patent position provides us with sufficient rights to protect our current and proposed commercial products. However, our patent applications may not result in issued patents, and any patents that have been issued or might be issued may not protect our intellectual property rights. Furthermore, we operate in an industry characterized by extensive patent litigation, and our patents may not be upheld if challenged. Any patents issued to us may be challenged by third parties as being invalid or unenforceable, and patent litigation may result in significant damage awards and injunctions that could prevent the manufacture and sale of affected products or result in significant royalty payments to continue selling the products. Third parties may also independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. The steps we have taken may not prevent the misappropriation of our intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. We also face risks associated with intellectual property infringement.
9
We also rely on trade secrets, technical know-how and continuing innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property by generally requiring our employees, consultants, contractors, suppliers, outside scientific collaborators and other advisors to execute non-disclosure and assignment of invention agreements at the start of their employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also forbid them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. We also generally require confidentiality or material transfer agreements from third parties that receive our confidential data or materials. We cannot guarantee that employees and third parties will abide by the confidentiality or assignment terms of these agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties might copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.
Competition
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, treatment techniques or technologies, or other market activities of industry participants. We compete in markets worldwide with companies that manufacture insulin delivery devices, primarily Insulet, Medtronic, Ypsomed and Beta Bionics. There are also a number of other companies developing and marketing their own insulin delivery systems and/or related software applications for launch both in the United States market and outside the United States, including insulin pumps and Bluetooth-enabled insulin pens to support MDI therapy. In addition, we face competition from a number of companies, medical researchers and existing pharmaceutical companies that are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, sensing technologies, procedures, drugs and other therapeutics for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes.
Government Regulation
Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States
Our products are medical devices subject to extensive regulation by the FDA in the United States, corresponding state regulatory authorities and other regulatory bodies in other countries. Each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a pre-market notification under Section 510(k) of the U.S. Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA), also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA through the premarket approval (PMA) process. We have obtained clearance on multiple devices in both Class II and Class III, including Control IQ, the tslim:X2 and Tandem Mobi.
510(k) Clearance. To obtain 510(k) clearance for any of our potential future devices (or for certain modifications to devices that have previously received 510(k) clearance), we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance pathway generally takes three to 12 months from the date the application is completed but can take significantly longer. A 510(k) application must be supported by extensive data, including technical information, labeling, human factors data and potentially clinical data to meet any Special Controls. After a medical device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a significant change in its intended use, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but if the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer’s determination, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or PMA is obtained and assess significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite 510(k) or PMA application(s).
There are three Class II categories classified by the FDA for the interoperability of devices as a complete AID system that are intended to help support continued rapid innovation by streamlining the regulatory pathway for integrated products approved by the FDA. In June 2018, our t:slim X2 was the first insulin pump designated by the FDA as compatible with integrated continuous glucose monitoring (iCGM) devices. In February 2019, we received FDA approval of our de novo application to classify the t:slim X2 to a Class II device, under the new insulin pump classification referred to as Alternate Controller Enabled Infusion Pumps (ACE pumps). In December 2019, we received FDA approval of our de novo application to classify our Control-IQ technology as the first automated insulin dosing software in a new interoperable automated glycemic controller (iAGC) category that automatically adjusts insulin delivery to a person with type 1 diabetes age 6 and older by connecting to an ACE pump and iCGM. In November 2023, our Control-IQ technology was cleared with additional features for people with type 1 diabetes age 2 and older. In connection with the de novo applications for both the ACE pump and the iAGC category, the FDA established certain special controls that we will need to continue to satisfy. If we are not able to satisfy those special controls, we would be required to seek approval for those products under the traditional PMA submission application, which must be supported by valid scientific evidence that typically includes extensive technical, pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and labeling data to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and efficacy of the device.
10
Clinical trials are typically required to support a PMA application and are sometimes required for a 510(k) clearance. We anticipate that most of our future AID offerings will require supporting clinical data, either from clinical trials or potentially from evidence that we are able to collect through real-world use of our products. These trials generally require submission of an application for an Investigational Device Exemption (IDE), to the FDA. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. The FDA’s approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward, but it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product’s safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.
Other Regulatory Requirements. Even after a device receives clearance or approval and is placed in commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:
•establishment registration and device listing;
•QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;
•labeling regulations that prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses, and impose other restrictions on labeling, advertising and promotion;
•the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting (MDR) regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur;
•voluntary and mandatory device recalls to address problems when a device is defective and could be a risk to health; and
•corrections and removals reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health.
Also, the FDA may require us to conduct post-market surveillance studies or establish and maintain a system for tracking our products through the chain of distribution to the patient level. We are currently conducting a post-market surveillance study for our t:slim X2 with Control-IQ technology for users with type 1 diabetes age six and above. We may elect to pursue additional post-market surveillance studies in the future.
The FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services enforce regulatory requirements by conducting periodic, unannounced inspections and market surveillance. Inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors.
Licensure. In the United States, several states require that durable medical equipment (DME) providers be licensed to sell products to patients in that state. Some of these states require that DME providers maintain an in-state location or retain a licensed pharmacist, and in those states, we sell our products through a third-party distributor. Although we believe we are in material compliance with applicable state regulations regarding licensure requirements, if we were found to be noncompliant, we could be subject to fines and penalties or lose our licensure in that state, which could prohibit us from selling our current or future products to patients in that state. In addition, we are subject to certain state laws regarding professional licensure. We believe that our certified diabetes educators are in material compliance with such state laws. However, if our educators or we were to be found non-compliant in a given state, we may need to modify our approach to providing education, clinical support and customer service.
Fraud and Abuse Laws. There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the Physician Self-Referral Law (the Stark Law), the federal civil False Claims Act, the federal criminal Health Care Fraud Statute, as well as various state laws regulating healthcare. Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Health Administration programs.
11
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging of a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid.
We provide the initial training to customers necessary for appropriate use of our products either through our own diabetes educators or by contracting with outside diabetes educators who have completed a Tandem pump-training course. Outside diabetes educators are reimbursed for their services at fair market value. Although we believe that these arrangements do not violate the Anti-Kickback Statute, regulatory authorities may determine otherwise, especially as enforcement of this law historically has been a high priority for the federal government. Noncompliance with the federal Anti-Kickback Statute could result in our exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs (which could adversely affect our revenues to a material extent), restrictions on our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions, and civil and criminal penalties.
Physician Self-Referral Law. The Stark Law prohibits a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, if the physician or their immediate family member has a financial relationship with the company. In addition to statutory exceptions, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), has issued numerous regulatory exceptions to the Stark Law. Violation of the Stark Law could result in denial of payment, disgorgement of reimbursements received under a noncompliant arrangement, civil penalties, and exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental programs. Although we believe that we have structured our provider arrangements to comply with current Stark Law requirements, these arrangements may not expressly meet the requirements for applicable exception from the law.
Federal False Claims Act. The federal False Claims Act provides, in part, that the federal government may bring a lawsuit against any person whom it believes has knowingly presented, or caused to be presented, a false or fraudulent request for payment from the federal government, or who has made a false statement or used a false record to get a claim approved. In addition, amendments in 1986 to the False Claims Act have made it easier for private parties to bring “qui tam” whistleblower lawsuits under the act. Qui tam actions have increased significantly in recent years, causing greater numbers of healthcare companies to have to defend a false claim action, pay fines and/or be excluded from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state healthcare programs as a result of an investigation arising out of such action.
We submit reimbursement claims to federal healthcare programs, and we also may provide some coding and billing information to purchasers of our devices. These activities, if inappropriate, could result in liability under the False Claims Act. Further, claims arising from relationships which violate the Anti-Kickback Statute are considered to be false claims under the False Claims Act. Liability under the False Claims Act may also attach to claims arising from financial relationships which violate the Stark Law. We believe that we currently are in material compliance with the federal government’s laws and regulations concerning the submission of claims and the provision of coding and billing information. However, because we cannot guarantee that the government or qui tam relators will regard any billing errors that may be made as inadvertent, or our provider relationships as compliant, we may have exposure under the False Claims Act.
State Fraud and Abuse Provisions. Many states have also adopted some form of anti-kickback and anti-referral laws and false claims acts. We believe that we are in material conformance to such laws. Nevertheless, a determination of liability under such laws could result in fines and penalties and restrictions on our ability to operate in these jurisdictions.
Data Privacy and Information Security Laws and Regulations. Our use of t:connect and Tandem Source data is subject to internal policies and procedures that are designed to comply with the federal United States Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), as well as applicable United States state privacy laws HIPAA, as amended by Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), imposes certain requirements on covered entities, which include certain healthcare providers, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses, and their business associates and covered subcontractors that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Although t:connect, t:connect HCP and Tandem Source are not currently generally available to users or healthcare providers outside the United States, we are also mindful of requirements under Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, referred to as PIPEDA, and similar provincial laws, and the E.U. and United Kingdom (U.K.) General Data Protection Regulation, collectively known as GDPR, and similar E.U. member state laws. Collectively, these laws and regulations set standards that may be applicable to us regarding safeguarding the privacy and security of the personal information we collect and use from customers, healthcare providers and other individuals. These laws also require, among other things, publication of privacy notices detailing certain data collection and sharing practices and extension of certain rights to individuals, such as the right to know what data is collected about them, to obtain a copy of that data, to correct or amend that data, and to request restricted use of that data.
12
Healthcare Fraud. In addition to information security and data privacy obligations, HIPAA also created two new federal crimes: healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The healthcare fraud statute prohibits knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment or exclusion from government sponsored programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. We believe we are in substantial compliance with these provisions of HIPAA.
Physician Payments Sunshine Act. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act requires certain manufacturers, including medical device manufacturers, to submit annual data to CMS pertaining to payments or other transfers of value to covered recipients, including physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors), other health care professionals (such as physicians assistants and nurse practitioners), and teaching hospitals, as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers may be subject to audit for their compliance with this law. Failure to submit the required data in an accurate and timely manner may result in the imposition of civil monetary penalties. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the Physician Payments Sunshine Act to date.
Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption Laws. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA), and similar laws in foreign jurisdictions generally prohibit U.S. corporations and their representatives from offering, promising, authorizing or making improper payments, gifts or transfers to any foreign government official to obtain or retain business. The scope of the FCPA would include interactions with certain healthcare professionals and hospital administrators in many countries. We believe we are in substantial compliance with the FCPA and similar foreign regulations.
International Regulation
International sales of medical devices are subject to local government regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain approval in another country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval, and the requirements may differ. There is a trend towards harmonization of quality system standards among the European Union, United States, Canada and various other industrialized countries.
Regulation of Medical Devices in the European Economic Area
On May 26, 2021, Regulation (EU) 2017/745 on Medical Devices, or the Medical Device Regulation, entered into application, repealing and replacing both Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or MDD, and Directive 90/385/EEC concerning active implantable medical devices, or AIMD. The Medical Device Regulation and its associated guidance documents and harmonized standards govern, among other things, device design and development, preclinical and clinical or performance testing, premarket conformity assessment, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, claims, sales and distribution, export and import and post-market surveillance, vigilance, and market surveillance. Medical devices must comply with the General Safety and Performance Requirements, or GSPRs, set out in Annex I of the Medical Device Regulation. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to affixing the CE mark to devices, without which they cannot be marketed or sold in the European Economic Area (comprised of the 27 EU Member States, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway). To demonstrate compliance with the GSPRs provided in the Medical Device Regulation and obtain the right to affix the CE mark, medical devices manufacturers must conduct a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Apart from low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), in relation to which the manufacturer may issue an EU Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the GSPRs, a conformity assessment procedure requires review by a Notified Body, which is an organization designated by a Competent Authority of an EEA country to conduct conformity assessments. Depending on the relevant conformity assessment procedure, the Notified Body audits and examines the technical documentation and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of the medical devices. The Notified Body issues a CE Certificate of Conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the GSPRs. This Certificate and completion of the related conformity assessment process entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EU Declaration of Conformity.
13
As a general rule, demonstration of conformity of medical devices and their manufacturers with the GSPRs must include the evaluation of clinical data supporting the safety and performance of the products during normal conditions of use. Specifically, a manufacturer must demonstrate that the device achieves its intended performance during normal conditions of use and that the known and foreseeable risks, and any adverse events, are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended performance, and that any claims made about the performance and safety of the device (e.g., product labeling and instructions for use) are supported by suitable evidence. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from (1) clinical investigations conducted on the devices being assessed, (2) scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or (3) both clinical investigations and scientific literature. The conduct of clinical studies in the EEA is governed by detailed regulatory obligations. These may include the requirement of prior authorization by the Competent Authorities of the country in which the study takes place and the requirement to obtain a positive opinion from a competent Ethics Committee. This process can be expensive and time-consuming. Moreover, after a device is placed on the market, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements that must commonly be fulfilled by the manufacturer or on their behalf.
The Medical Device Regulation provides transitional provisions, amended by Regulation (EU) 2023/603. Accordingly, CE Certificates of Conformity issued by Notified Bodies in accordance with the MDD or the AIMD from 25 May 2017, and which remained valid on May 26, 2021 and have not since been withdrawn will, with certain exceptions, remain valid until December 31, 2027 for Class III and Class IIb implantable medical devices and until December 31, 2028 for other Class IIb, Class IIa and Class I devices with a measuring function or which are sterile. Class I medical devices, for which the conformity assessment procedure in accordance with the MDD or the AIMD did not require the involvement of a Notified Body but will require the involvement of a Notified Body in accordance with the Medical Device Regulation and for which an EU Declaration of Conformity was issued in accordance with the MDD or the AIMD before May 26, 2021, can continue to be placed on the EEA market until December 31,2028. Manufacturers of medical devices may only benefit from the above extended transitional provisions deadlines if the following conditions are fulfilled: (i) the devices continue to comply with the requirements of the MDD or AIMD, (ii) there are no significant changes in the design and intended purpose, (iii) the devices do not present an unacceptable risk to the health or safety of patients, users or other persons, or to other aspects of the protection of public health, (iv) the manufacturer implements a quality management system by May 26, 2024 which complies with the requirements of the Medical Devices Regulation, (v) by May 26, 2024 an application is lodged with a Notified Body for conduct of the conformity assessment of the devices covered by the CE Certificate of Conformity, or the devices intended to substitute for such devices, in accordance with the Medical Device Regulation and a related written agreement is signed with the Notified Body by September 26, 2024, and (vi) from May 26, 2021, compliance with the Medical Device Regulation relating to post-market surveillance, market surveillance, vigilance, registration of economic operators and of devices is ensured in place of the corresponding requirements in the MDD or AIMD.
In addition, CE Certificates of Conformity issued by Notified Bodies in accordance with the MDD or the AIMD from May 25, 2017, which were valid on May 26, 2021 and have not been withdraw since but which expired before March 20, 2023, will only continue to be valid in accordance with the extended transitional deadlines above if either (i) the manufacturer signed a written agreement with a Notified Body for the conformity assessment of the device covered by the expired CE Certificate of Conformity, or the device intended to substitute that device, in accordance with the Medical Device Regulation before the date of expiry of the CE Certificate of Conformity, or (ii) a competent authority of an EEA country has granted a derogation from the application conformity assessment procedure in accordance with Article 59(1) or Article 97(1) of the Medical Device Regulation.
Class III custom-made implantable medical devices may be placed on the market until May 26, 2026 without a CE Certificate of Conformity issued by Notified Body, provided that (i) by May 26,2024, an application is lodged with a Notified Body for the conformity assessment of the devices, in accordance with the Medical Device Regulation and a related written agreement is signed with the Notified Body by September 26, 2024.
The advertising and promotion of medical devices in the EEA is subject to the national laws of the individual EEA country that implemented the MDD, the AIMD and that apply the Medical Device Regulation, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other national legislation of individual EEA countries govern the advertisement and promotion of medical devices. The national legislation of any individual EEA countries may also restrict or impose limitations on our ability to advertise our products directly to the general public. In addition, voluntary EU and national industry Codes of Conduct provide guidelines on the advertising and promotion of our products to the general public and may impose limitations on our promotional activities with healthcare professionals.
14
Outside of the European Union, regulatory approval would need to be sought on a country-by-country basis for us to market our products. We have obtained the right to affix the CE Mark to the t:slim X2 Insulin Delivery System, which allows us to distribute this product throughout the European Union. We may also leverage the CE Mark in certain other countries to fulfill the national applicable regulatory requirements for placing our product on national markets. In addition, we have Health Canada approval to sell the t:slim X2 in Canada.
Moreover, outside the United States, interactions between medical device companies, government officials and health care professionals are also governed by strict laws, such as national anti-bribery laws of EEA countries, national sunshine rules, regulations, industry self-regulation codes of conduct and physicians’ codes of professional conduct. These laws include the U.K. Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions in which we operate. Such laws generally prohibit United States-based companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business to foreign officials, or in the case of the U.K. Bribery Act, to any person.
In Great Britain (i.e. England, Wales, and Scotland), medical devices are governed by the Medical Device Regulations (UK MDR) 2002, as amended. In light of the fact that the CE Marking process discussed above is set out in EU law, which no longer applies in the United Kingdom (other than in Northern Ireland), the United Kingdom has devised a new route to market culminating in a UKCA Mark to replace the CE Mark. The UK Government has established transitional provisions to recognize the acceptance of CE marked medical devices on the Great Britain market.
Environment, Social and Governance
Our Board of Directors and management team believe that environmental stewardship, social responsibility, and solid corporate governance are important to our business strategy and long-term value creation for our shareholders, employees, customers, and communities. The Audit Committee of our Board oversees ESG matters across our business operations in accordance with its charter. Our management team is responsible for developing and driving strategic ESG initiatives and programs across our business and providing regular updates on progress to the Audit Committee.
Additional information about our Environmental, Social and Governance practices as well as our Sustainable Business Report can be found on our website within the “Investor Center” section. The information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
Human Capital
We are committed to creating and maintaining a safe, diverse, and inclusive community for all employees while we serve our customers and fulfill our mission to improve the lives of people with diabetes. As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately 2,650 regular full-time employees, who primarily work in the United States, Canada, or Europe. The term “employees” in this Annual Report means our regular full-time employees. Our headquarters are in San Diego, California, where our primary research and development and administrative functions are located, and where we also operate a manufacturing facility and a warehousing facility. None of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement, and we have never experienced any work stoppage. We believe we have good relations with our employees.
Culture
Fostering and maintaining a strong, healthy culture is a key strategic focus. Our core values statement was created by our employees in a bottom-up, cross-functional process that we revisit and refresh on a periodic basis. Our Words We Live By describe our core values and reflect who we are and the way our employees interact with one another, our customers, partners and stockholders.
In 2021, we began conducting employee engagement surveys through Gallup, a leading global consulting firm on employee engagement. More than 90% of our employees have participated each year, and the results demonstrated that our overall engagement levels exceed Gallup’s averages worldwide and in the United States. In addition, we exceeded overall engagement in the professional, scientific and technical sector. The results also reflected that we are a mission-driven company with employees’ response on our strength of purpose far exceeding Gallup’s measurement for world class. We focus on cultivating and encouraging an inclusive and equitable culture where diversity of thought is represented and can thrive throughout our organization. We believe that bringing together different perspectives and experiences is fundamental to innovation and continuing to raise the bar in the field of diabetes technology. Moreover, we are focused on cultivating and supporting our internal culture through diversity of thought, support and advocacy within the diabetes community and continuing to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive workforce.
15
Organizational Development
Attracting, developing and retaining employees is critical to our longer-term success. We have established a comprehensive training program to develop employees throughout the organization. Emerging Leaders and Leading in Tandem are examples of internal programs intended for high performing individual contributors, and newly hired and promoted supervisors and managers, respectively. More than 95% of employees participating in these programs remained employed at Tandem as of December 31, 2024 and approximately 20% had been promoted or had a significant change in scope of responsibility. In 2024, more than 300 employees participated in our leadership development programs.
Competitive Total Rewards
Our compensation program is designed to align employee compensation with our performance and to provide the proper incentives to attract, retain, and motivate employees to achieve superior results. The structure of our compensation program balances incentive earnings for both short-term and long-term performance.
•We provide employee wages that are competitive and consistent with employee positions, skill levels, experience, knowledge, and geographic location.
•We engage internationally recognized outside compensation and benefits consulting firms to independently evaluate the effectiveness of our executive compensation and benefit programs and to provide benchmarking.
•We align our executives’ long-term equity compensation with our stockholders’ interests.
•Annual increases and incentive compensation are based on Company performance as well as each individual’s contribution to the Company’s achieved results and are documented through our talent management procedures as part of our annual review process.
To foster a stronger sense of ownership and align the interests of partners with stockholders, equity awards are provided to a substantial proportion of our employees under our broad-based stock incentive programs. Also, our full-time U.S. employees are able to participate in our employee stock purchase program. Furthermore, we offer comprehensive, locally relevant and innovative benefits to all eligible employees, including health insurance, paid time off, paid and unpaid leaves, defined-contribution retirement plans, health savings accounts, flexible spending accounts, life and disability coverage, voluntary accident, critical illness, legal and identity theft coverage, employee discount programs, and an employee loaner pump program.
Employee Health and Safety
The health and safety of our employees is our highest priority, and this is consistent with our operating philosophy. We have integrated our employee health and safety efforts with our human resources functions to create a corporate culture with a shared commitment to the well-being of our professionals. Our employee assistance and wellness programs offer a range of benefits and services. For example, as a benefit to our employees and their eligible dependents, we provide access to personal and job-related counseling and assistance resources for addressing concerns such as emotional well-being, family and relationships, legal and financial matters, healthy lifestyles, mental health, substance abuse, and work and life transitions.
We have comprehensive safety training programs that teach our employees how to do their jobs safely and in compliance with laws and regulations. We operate in modern, efficient, and safe facilities, and have had minimal accident and injury rates company-wide. Despite this success, our goal remains the same: zero accidents.
Additional Information
Our website address is www.tandemdiabetes.com. Copies of our filings with the SEC, including our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are available free of charge on our website within the “Investor Center” section as soon as reasonably practicable after having been electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
16
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
An investment in our common stock, or in securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information included in this Annual Report, as well as in our other filings with the SEC, in evaluating our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock may decline and you might lose all or part of your investment. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks that we currently do not know about or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also impair our business, financial condition, operating results, liquidity, and future prospects. Certain statements below are forward-looking statements. For additional information, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report and Part II, Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
We have incurred significant operating losses since inception and cannot assure you that we will achieve sustained profitability.
Since our inception in January 2006, we have incurred a significant net loss. As of December 31, 2024, we had an accumulated deficit of $1.0 billion. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through cash collected from product sales, private and public offerings of our equity securities, and debt financings. We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the design, development and commercialization of our products, the scaling of our manufacturing and business operations, and the research and development of our current products and products under development.
Since the first quarter of 2013, we have been able to manufacture and sell our insulin pump products at a cost and in volumes sufficient to allow us to achieve a positive overall gross margin. Although we have achieved a positive overall gross margin during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, we had net losses from operations in those years, and we may continue to incur net losses from operations in the future.
To implement our business strategy and achieve consistent profitability, we need to, among other things, increase sales of our products and the gross profit associated with those sales, maintain an appropriate customer service, training and support infrastructure, fund ongoing research and development (R&D) activities, create additional efficiencies in our manufacturing processes while adding to our capacity, and obtain regulatory clearance, certification or approval to commercialize our products currently under development both in the United States and the 24 countries outside the United States in which our insulin pumps are available. We expect our expenses will continue to increase as we pursue these objectives and make investments in our business. Additional increases in our expenses without commensurate increases in sales could significantly increase our operating losses.
The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of our profitability are highly uncertain in light of a number of factors, including the timing of the launch of new products and product features by us and our competitors, market acceptance of our products and competing products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers, the timing of regulatory clearance, certification, or approval of our products and the products of our competitors, the actual efficiencies gained in our manufacturing processes, and general economic conditions. Any additional operating losses will have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve and sustain profitability.
We currently rely on sales of insulin pump products to generate a significant portion of our revenue, and any factors that negatively impact sales of these products may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
We generate nearly all of our revenue from the sale of our insulin pumps and the related insulin cartridges and infusion sets, including our recently launched Tandem Mobi insulin pump. Sales of these products may be negatively impacted by many factors, including:
17
•market acceptance of the insulin pumps and related products manufactured and sold by our key competitors, including Insulet, Medtronic, Ypsomed and Beta Bionics;
•the potential that breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our insulin pumps obsolete or less desirable or reduce the size of our potential market;
•adverse regulatory or legal actions relating to our products, or similar products or technologies of our competitors;
•failure of our Tandem Device Updater to accurately and timely provide customers with remote access to new product features and functionality as anticipated, or our failure to obtain regulatory clearance, certification, or approval for any such updates;
•changes in reimbursement rates or policies relating to insulin pumps or similar products or technologies by third-party payors;
•competitive pricing and attrition rates of consumers who cease using our products;
•our inability to enter into contracts with third-party payors on a timely basis and on acceptable terms;
•problems arising from the expansion of our manufacturing capabilities and commercial operations, or destruction, loss, or temporary shutdown of our manufacturing facilities;
•concerns regarding the perceived safety, reliability or cybersecurity of any of our products, or any component thereof, particularly in connection with the launch of additional mobile app features and functionality and other software products; and
•claims that any of our products, or any component thereof, infringes on patent rights or other intellectual property rights of third parties.
In addition, sales of any of our current or future insulin pump products with continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) integration are subject to the continuation of our applicable agreements with Dexcom, Abbott, or other third parties which, under some circumstances, may be subject to termination, with or without cause, on relatively short notice. Sales of our current or future products may also be negatively impacted in the event of any regulatory or legal actions relating to CGM products that are compatible with our pumps, or in the event of any disruption to the availability of the applicable CGM-related supplies, such as sensors or transmitters, in a given market in which our products are sold. Sales of our products may also be adversely impacted if the CGM products that are compatible with our pumps are not viewed as superior to competing CGM products in markets where our products are sold, or if the price of these products is not competitive with similar products available in the market.
Because we currently rely on sales of our insulin pumps, and related products to generate a significant majority of our revenue, any factors that negatively impact sales of these products (or negatively impact the products or components integrated with these products) could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Furthermore, any disruption in our supply chain could negatively impact our ability to manufacture or otherwise supply sufficient product quantities to meet current customer demand, or any unexpected increase in demand, which could also have the effect of magnifying the negative impact of any of the factors described above.
18
Our ability to maintain and grow our revenue depends in part on retaining a high percentage of our customer base.
A key to maintaining and growing our revenue is the retention of a high percentage of our customers due to the potentially significant revenue generated from ongoing purchases of single-use infusion sets, insulin cartridges and other supplies. In addition, our pumps are designed and tested to remain effective for at least four years and a customer may consider purchasing another product from us when the time comes to replace the pump. We have developed retention programs aimed at our customers, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which include discounts, training specific to our products, ongoing support by our sales and clinical employees, and technical support and customer service. Demand for our products from our existing customers could decline or could fail to increase as anticipated or projected as a result of a number of factors, including the introduction of competing products, breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes, changes in reimbursement rates or policies, manufacturing problems, perceived safety or reliability issues with our products or components or the products of our competitors, the failure to secure regulatory clearance, certification, or approvals for products or product features in a timely manner or at all, product development or commercialization delays, the impacts and disruption from health epidemics or pandemics, international conflicts, or for other reasons.
The failure to retain a high percentage of our customers and increase sales to these customers consistent with our forecasts would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
A substantial portion of the purchase price of an insulin pump is typically paid for by third-party payors, including private insurance companies, preferred provider organizations and other managed care providers. Future sales of our current and future products will be limited unless our customers can rely on third-party payors to pay for all or part of the associated purchase cost. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by customers.
As guidelines in setting their coverage and reimbursement policies, many third-party payors in the United States use coverage decisions and payment amounts determined by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS), which administers the U.S. Medicare program. Medicare periodically reviews its reimbursement practices for diabetes-related products, and there is uncertainty as to the future Medicare coverage structure and reimbursement rate for our products. It is also possible that CMS may continue to review and modify the current coverage and reimbursement of diabetes-related products in connection with anticipated changes to the regulatory approval process for insulin pumps and related products, software applications and services. In addition, third-party payors that do not follow the CMS guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for our current and future products. Further, it is possible that some third-party payors will not offer any coverage for our current or future products. For instance, it is possible that third-party payors may adopt policies in the future that designate one or more of our competitors as their preferred, in-network durable medical equipment provider of insulin pumps and that such policies would discourage or prohibit the payors’ members from purchasing our products, which would adversely impact our ability to sell our products.
We are pursuing a multi-channel managed care strategy and have begun offering certain products through the pharmacy channel. However, the commercial opportunity in the pharmacy channel will be limited unless a substantial portion of the sales price for these products is covered by third-party payors, including private insurance companies, health maintenance organizations, preferred provider organizations, federal and state government healthcare agencies, intermediaries, Medicare, Medicaid and other managed care providers. Medicare Part D plan sponsors may provide coverage for certain products under the Medicare Part D prescription drug program, which requires negotiating with third-party payors to provide these products through the pharmacy channel in the United States. If our efforts to enter into additional contracts with intermediaries and third-party payors are not successful, our ability to offer Mobi or any future products through the pharmacy channel will be limited.
19
We currently have contracts establishing reimbursement for our insulin pump products with a number of national and regional third-party payors in the United States. While we may enter into additional contracts both in the United States and the countries outside the United States in which our insulin pumps are available through third-party payors, and add coverage for future products under our current agreements, we cannot guarantee that we will succeed in doing so or that the reimbursement contracts that we are able to negotiate will enable us to sell our products on a profitable basis or in certain channels, including the pharmacy channel. In particular, we have limited experience securing reimbursement in international markets. Government involvement in funding healthcare may limit access to or reimbursement for our products. In addition, existing contracts with third-party payors generally include numerous quality and compliance related requirements, including audit rights, and can be modified or terminated by the third-party payor without cause and with little or no notice to us. Our compliance with the administrative procedures or requirements may result in increased costs for us and delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage for our products, and any payor audits of our compliance obligations may result in requests for refunds or other costs. Failure to secure or retain adequate coverage or reimbursement for our current and future products by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the loss of sales, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Further, the healthcare industry in the United States is increasingly focused on cost containment as government and private insurers seek to control healthcare costs by imposing lower payment rates and negotiating reduced contract rates with third-party payors. If third-party payors deny coverage or reduce their current levels of payment, or if our production costs increase faster than increases in reimbursement levels, we may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis.
We operate in a very competitive industry and if we fail to compete successfully against our existing or future competitors, or if the competitive environment harms our business partners, our financial condition and operating results may be negatively affected.
The medical device industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and highly sensitive to the introduction of new products, treatment techniques or technologies, as well as other activities of industry participants. To continue to compete effectively, we must continue to create, invest in or acquire advanced technology, incorporate this technology into our proprietary products, obtain regulatory clearance, certification, or approvals in a timely manner, and manufacture and successfully market our products. Given these factors, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to compete effectively or continue our level of success.
Our primary competitors are major medical device companies, primarily Insulet, Medtronic, Ypsomed and Beta Bionics. There are also a number of other companies developing and marketing their own insulin delivery systems and/or related software applications, including insulin pumps and Bluetooth-enabled insulin pens to support MDI therapy. Our primary competitors enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:
•greater financial and human resources for sales and marketing, product development, customer service and clinical resources;
•greater ability to respond to competitive pressures, regulatory uncertainty, or challenges within the financial markets;
•established relationships with healthcare providers, third-party payors and regulatory agencies;
•established reputation and name recognition among healthcare providers and other key opinion leaders in the medical industry generally and the diabetes industry in particular;
•larger and more established distribution networks;
•greater ability to cross-sell products or provide incentives to healthcare providers to use their products; and
•more experience in conducting R&D, manufacturing, clinical trials, and obtaining regulatory approval or clearance.
20
In addition, the competitive environment in which we operate has resulted and may continue to result in competitive pressures on our manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, collaboration partners and other business constituents. For example, we have entered into development agreements with Dexcom, which provide us with non-exclusive licenses to integrate various generations of Dexcom CGM technology with our insulin pump products. Abbott also offers glucose sensors which compete with Dexcom CGMs. We have also entered into agreements with Abbott to develop and commercialize integrated diabetes solutions using Abbott’s glucose sensors. There can be no assurance that our collaborations with Dexcom and Abbott will be successful or that we will not experience delays, business disputes, or other unanticipated challenges. Competitive pressures within our industry could negatively impact the financial condition of our business partners and impact their ability to fulfill contractual obligations to us, which could negatively impact our product sales, result in delays in obtaining regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals for new products, harm our reputation, and result in harm to our financial condition and operating results.
For these and other reasons, we may not be able to compete successfully against our current or potential future competitors, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
Competing products, therapeutic techniques or other technological developments and breakthroughs for the monitoring, treatment or prevention of diabetes may render our products obsolete or less desirable or reduce the size of our potential market.
Our ability to grow our business and achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on our ability to develop and commercialize products for the treatment of diabetes that offer distinct features and functionality, are easy-to-use, provide superior treatment outcomes, receive adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, and are otherwise more appealing than available alternatives. Our primary competitors, as well as a number of other companies and medical researchers are pursuing new delivery devices, delivery technologies, therapeutic techniques, sensing technologies, treatment techniques, procedures, drugs and other therapies for the monitoring, treatment and prevention of diabetes. Any breakthroughs in diabetes monitoring, treatment or prevention could reduce the potential market for our products or render our products obsolete altogether, which would significantly reduce our sales or cause our sales to grow at a slower rate than we currently expect. In addition, even the perception that new products may be introduced, or that technological or treatment advancements could occur and could result in delayed purchases or a decline in market share. For example, in 2023 and 2024, ongoing adoption of the GLP-1 class of drugs in diabetes and news surrounding the expansion of use of GLP-1 drugs in obesity likely had a negative impact on the insulin therapy market.
Because the insulin-dependent diabetes market is large and growing, we anticipate companies will continue to dedicate significant resources to developing competing products and technologies. The introduction by competitors of products that are or claim to be superior to our products may create market confusion that may make it difficult to differentiate the benefits of our products over competing products. In addition, some of our competitors employ aggressive pricing strategies, including the use of discounts, rebates, low-cost product upgrades or other financial incentives that could adversely affect sales of our products. If a competitor develops a product that competes with or is perceived to be superior to our products, or if competitors continue to utilize strategies that place downward pressure on pricing within our industry, our sales may decline, our operating margins could be reduced and we may fail to meet our financial projections, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Moreover, we have designed our hardware products to resemble modern consumer electronic devices to address certain wearability and functionality concerns consumers have raised with respect to traditional pumps. Similarly, our newer mobile software applications are being designed to incorporate features and functions that are common to other consumer-oriented applications. These consumer industries are themselves highly competitive, and characterized by continuous new product introductions, rapid developments in technology, and subjective and changing consumer preferences. If, in the future, consumers cease to view our products as contemporary or convenient as compared to then-existing consumer technology, our products may become less desirable.
We may face unexpected challenges in marketing and selling our products, and training new customers on the use of our products, which could harm our ability to achieve our sales forecasts.
We have limited experience marketing and selling our newer products as well as training new customers on their use, particularly in markets outside of United States. In addition, the vast majority of our existing customers are individuals with type 1 diabetes, and we have limited experience marketing and selling our products to customers with type 2 diabetes.
21
Our financial condition and operating results are and will continue to be highly dependent on our ability to adequately promote, market and sell our insulin pump and related products, and the ability of our diabetes educators to train new customers on the use of our products. If our sales and marketing representatives or diabetes educators are restricted in their ability to interact with healthcare professionals and customers, our sales could decrease or may not increase at levels that are in line with our forecasts.
Our sales and marketing efforts in the United States are largely dependent on independent distributors who are free to market products that compete with our products. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively affected.
We believe a majority of our sales within the United States will continue to be to independent distributors for the foreseeable future, and it is possible that the percentage of our sales to independent distributors could increase. For example, our dependence upon independent distributors in the United States could increase if third-party payors decide to contract with independent distributors directly in lieu of contracting with us to supply our products to their members directly. Our dependence upon independent distributors could also increase if customers prefer to purchase all of their diabetes supplies through a single source, instead of purchasing pump-related products through us and other diabetes supplies through other suppliers. If we are unable to maintain or expand our network of independent distributors, our sales may be negatively affected.
None of our independent distributors in the United States have been required to sell our products exclusively and each of them may freely sell the products of our competitors. As a result, our independent distributors may not devote a sufficient level of resources and the support required to generate awareness of our products and grow or maintain product sales at the levels we expect, which may negatively affect our sales.
If any of our key independent distributors were to cease to distribute our products or reduce their promotion of our products as compared to the products of our competitors, our sales could be adversely affected. In that case, we may need to seek alternative independent distributors or increase our reliance on our other independent distributors or our direct sales representatives, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected. Additionally, to the extent we enter into additional arrangements with independent distributors to perform sales, marketing or distribution services, the terms of the arrangements could result in our product margins being lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products.
If the third parties on which we increasingly rely to assist us with our current and anticipated pre-clinical development or clinical trials do not perform as expected, we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance, certification, or approval or commercialize our products.
As our clinical infrastructure expands, we expect to increasingly rely on third parties, such as contract research organizations, medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct some of our current and anticipated pre-clinical investigations and clinical trials. If we are not able to reach mutually acceptable agreements with these third parties on a timely basis, these third parties do not successfully carry out their commitments or regulatory obligations or meet expected deadlines, or the quality or accuracy of the data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to agreed-upon clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our pre-clinical development activities or clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory clearance, certification, or approval for, or successfully commercialize, our products on a timely basis, if at all, and our business, operating results and prospects may be adversely affected.
We are dependent on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll participants in our current and anticipated clinical trials and human factors studies, and the failure to successfully complete those trials and studies could prevent us from obtaining regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals for or commercializing our products.
As part of our product development efforts, we expect to increasingly rely on clinical investigators and clinical sites to enroll participants in our clinical trials or users in our human factors testing and other third parties to manage such trials and testing and to perform related data collection and analysis. However, we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that clinical sites may devote to our clinical trials or other studies. If these clinical investigators and clinical sites fail to enroll a sufficient number of patients, fail to ensure compliance by patients with clinical protocols, or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, we may be unable to successfully complete our clinical trials or other studies, which could prevent us from obtaining regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals for our products and commercializing our products, which would have an adverse impact on our business.
22
If important assumptions about the potential market for our products are inaccurate, or if we have failed to understand what people with insulin-dependent diabetes are seeking in an insulin pump, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.
Our business strategy was developed based on a number of important assumptions about the diabetes industry in general, and the insulin-dependent diabetes market in particular, any one or more of which may prove to be inaccurate or may change over time. For example, we believe that the benefits of insulin pump therapy as compared to other common insulin treatment alternatives will continue to drive growth in the market for insulin pump therapy. In addition, World Health Organization data indicates that the incidence of diabetes in the United States and worldwide is increasing. Further, diabetes management can vary greatly from person to person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. However, each of these assumptions may prove to be inaccurate and limited sources exist to compare treatment alternatives and obtain reliable market data. The actual incidence of diabetes, and the actual demand for our products or competing products, could differ materially from our projections. In addition, our strategy of focusing exclusively on the insulin-dependent diabetes market may limit our ability to increase sales or achieve profitability.
Another key element of our business strategy is using market research to understand what people with diabetes are seeking to improve in their diabetes therapy management. This strategy underlies our entire product design, marketing and customer support approach and is the basis on which we developed our current products and are pursuing the development of new products. However, our market research is based on interviews, focus groups and online surveys involving people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers and healthcare providers, which represent only a small percentage of the overall insulin-dependent diabetes market. As a result, the responses we receive may not be reflective of the broader market and may not provide us with accurate insight into the desires of people with insulin-dependent diabetes. In addition, understanding the meaning and significance of such market research responses necessarily requires that analysis be conducted and conclusions be drawn. We may not be able perform an analysis that yields meaningful results, or the conclusions we draw from the analysis could be misleading or incorrect. Moreover, even if our market research has allowed us to better understand the features and functionality consumers are seeking in an insulin pump to improve management of their diabetes therapy, there can be no assurance that consumers will actually purchase our products or that our competitors will not develop products with similar features.
Any concerns regarding the safety and efficacy of our products could limit sales and cause unforeseen negative effects to our business prospects and financial results.
Studies to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of our latest products in a controlled setting are only available over the past few years. As a result, people with insulin-dependent diabetes and healthcare providers may not be familiar with our studies and may be slower to adopt or recommend our products. Further, even with data from controlled studies third-party payors may not be willing to provide coverage or reimbursement for our products. We remain subject to regulatory and product liability risks, and these and other factors could slow the adoption of our products and result in our sales being lower than anticipated. In addition, future studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products is not superior to treatment with competing products. Such results could slow the adoption of our products and significantly reduce our sales, which could prevent us from achieving our forecasted sales targets or achieving or sustaining profitability.
If the results of clinical studies or other experience, such as our monitoring or investigation of customer complaints, indicate that our products may cause or create an unacceptable risk of unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be required to inform our customers of these risks or complications or, in more serious circumstances, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of clearance, certification, or approval from regulatory authorities or Notified Bodies, product recalls or seizure, operating restrictions, interruption of production, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution which could result in significant legal liability, harm to our reputation, and a decline in our product sales.
Any alleged illness or injury associated with any of our products or product recalls may negatively impact our financial results and business prospects depending on a number of factors, including the scope and seriousness of the problem, degree of publicity, reaction of our customers and healthcare professionals, competitive response, and consumer perceptions generally. Even if such an allegation or product liability claim lacks merit, cannot be substantiated, is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products have caused or carry a risk of causing illness, injury or death could adversely affect our reputation with customers, healthcare professionals, third-party payors, and existing and potential collaborators, and could adversely affect our operating results and cause a decline in our stock price. Furthermore, general concerns regarding the perceived safety or reliability of any of our products, or any component thereof, may have a similar adverse effect on us.
23
Our ability to achieve profitability will depend, in part, on our ability to reduce the per-unit cost of our products while also increasing production volume.
We believe our ability to reduce the per-unit cost of our insulin pumps and related products will have a significant impact on our ability to achieve profitability. Our cost of sales includes raw materials and component parts, labor costs, product training expenses, freight, reserves for expected warranty costs, royalties, scrap and charges for excess and obsolete inventories. It also includes manufacturing overhead costs, including expenses relating to quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material procurement and inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and operations supervision and management. Our warranty reserve requires a significant amount of judgment and is primarily estimated based on historical experience. Recently released versions of our pump may not incur warranty costs in a manner similar to previously released pumps and the launch of our mobile app also may result in unanticipated changes in historical trends.
If we are unable to increase our production volumes while sustaining or reducing our overall cost of sales, including through arrangements such as volume purchase discounts, negotiation of pricing and cost reductions with our suppliers, more efficient training programs for customers, improved warranty performance or fluctuations in warranty estimates, it will be difficult to reduce our per-unit costs and our ability to achieve profitability will be constrained.
In addition, the per-unit cost of our products is significantly impacted by our overall production volumes, and any factors that prevent our products from achieving market acceptance, cause our production volumes to decline, alter our product mix, result in our sales growing at a slower rate than we expect, or result in the closure of our manufacturing facilities, would significantly impact our expected per-unit costs, which would adversely impact our gross margins. Further, we may not achieve the anticipated improvements in manufacturing efficiency as we undertake actions to expand our manufacturing capacity. We are also subject to other general market and economic conditions that may increase our expenses, including unpredictable variability in commodity prices, wage increases and inflation. If we are unable to effectively manage our overall costs while increasing our production volumes and lowering our per-unit costs, we may not be able to achieve or sustain profitability, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Manufacturing risks may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products, which could negatively impact our sales and operating margins.
Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and proposed products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis to meet consumer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We are subject to numerous risks related to our manufacturing capabilities, including:
•quality or reliability defects in product components that we source from third-party suppliers;
•our inability to secure product components in a timely manner due to shipping delays at ports of entry or exit, the impact of natural disasters, global conflicts, health pandemics or other issues, in sufficient quantities and on commercially reasonable terms;
•difficulty identifying and qualifying alternative suppliers for components in a timely manner;
•implementing and maintaining acceptable quality systems while experiencing rapid growth;
•our failure to increase production of products to meet demand;
•our inability to modify production lines and expand manufacturing facilities to enable us to efficiently produce future products or implement changes in current products in response to consumer demand or regulatory requirements;
•our inability to manufacture multiple products simultaneously while utilizing common manufacturing equipment;
•government-mandated or voluntary closures of, or operational limitations impacting, our manufacturing facilities; and
•potential damage to or destruction of our manufacturing equipment or manufacturing facilities.
24
As demand for our products increases, and as the number of our commercial products expands, we will have to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees, and enhance our manufacturing processes and quality systems. We may also increase our utilization of third parties to perform contracted manufacturing services for us, and we may need to acquire additional custom designed equipment to support the expansion of our manufacturing capacity. In addition, although we expect some of our products under development to share product features and components with our current products, manufacturing of these products may require modification of our production lines, hiring of specialized employees, identification of new suppliers for specific components, qualifying and implementing additional equipment and procedures, obtaining new regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals, or developing new manufacturing technologies. Ultimately, it may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these products commercially viable.
If we and our suppliers fail to increase our production capacity to meet consumer demand while also maintaining product quality standards, obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals, and efficiently managing costs, our sales and operating margins could be negatively impacted, which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.
We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components and products, and the loss of any of these suppliers, their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of components or products, or our inability to adequately forecast customer demand, could harm our business.
We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party suppliers to supply components of our current products and our potential future products, including our single-use insulin cartridges. For example, we rely on plastic injection molding companies to provide plastic molded components, electronic manufacturing suppliers to provide electronic assemblies, and machining companies to provide machined mechanical components. We also purchase all of our infusion sets and pump accessories from third-party suppliers. For our business strategy to be successful, our suppliers must be able to provide us with components and products in sufficient quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, in accordance with agreed-upon specifications, at acceptable costs and on a timely basis.
Although we have long-term supply agreements with many of our suppliers, these agreements do not include long-term capacity commitments. Under most of our supply agreements, we make purchases on a purchase order basis and have no obligation to buy any given quantity of components or products until we place written orders, and our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of components or products until they accept an order. In addition, our suppliers may encounter problems that limit their ability to manufacture components or products for us, including financial difficulties, damage to their manufacturing equipment or facilities, inability to obtain raw materials or other components, or problems with their own suppliers. If we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be harmed, and our business could suffer.
We generally use a small number of suppliers for our components and products, some of which are located outside the United States, including in China, Mexico and Costa Rica. Depending on a limited number of suppliers exposes us to risks, including limited control over costs, including tariffs, availability, quality and delivery schedules. Moreover, in some cases we do not have long-standing relationships with our manufacturers and may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless there is demand for such components from their other customers. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us at acceptable prices, or at all. We have in the past been, and we may in the future be, required to make significant “last time” purchases of component inventories that are being discontinued by the manufacturer to ensure supply continuity. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. We consistently evaluate alternative suppliers of several existing components and qualifying new alternatives to existing select components, but there is no assurance that we will be able to identify alternative sources that meet our requirements and at comparable prices, or at all. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and applicable regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires could harm our reputation and limit our ability to meet our sales projections, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
25
We place orders with our suppliers using our forecasts of customer demand, which are based on a number of assumptions and estimates, in advance of purchase commitments from our customers. As a result, we incur inventory and manufacturing costs in advance of anticipated sales, which sales ultimately may not materialize or may be lower than expected. If we overestimate customer demand, we may experience higher inventory carrying costs and increased excess or obsolete inventory, which would negatively impact our results of operations. By the same token, if we underestimate future demand, we may be unable to meet future production requirements, or our inventory of critical materials may be below our targeted stocking levels. We expect it will be particularly difficult to accurately forecast demand during the global pandemic and even for some time while travel and social-distancing restrictions are lifted.
We may also have difficulty obtaining components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or Notified Bodies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination or interruption of distribution, operating restrictions, product seizures, delays in obtaining approval or clearance of future products, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, clearances, or certification, fines, civil penalties, or criminal prosecution. Such a failure by our suppliers could also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies, and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could necessitate additional regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals. Any disruption of this nature, or any increased expenses associated with any such disruption, could negatively impact our ability to manufacture our products on a timely basis, in sufficient quantities, or at all, which could harm our commercialization efforts and have a material adverse impact on our operating results.
Any disruption at one of our facilities could adversely affect our business and operating results.
Although we operate in multiple locations, most of our current operations are still conducted in San Diego, California, including our final pump assembly, some manufacturing processes, and the majority of our research and development, management and administrative functions. In addition, the majority of our inventories of component supplies and finished goods is stored at two facilities in San Diego. We take precautions to safeguard our facilities and data infrastructure, including by acquiring insurance, employing back-up generators, adopting health and safety protocols, implementing cybersecurity protections, and utilizing off-site storage of computer data. However, vandalism, terrorism, unplanned power outages, cyberattacks or a natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, or other catastrophic event, could damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment or our inventories of component supplies and finished goods, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, result in reduced sales, and cause us to incur additional expenses. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to provide coverage with respect to the damages incurred in any particular case, and our insurance carrier may deny coverage with respect to all or a portion of our claims. Regardless of the level of insurance coverage or other precautions taken, damage to our facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
We may not experience the anticipated operating efficiencies of our manufacturing and warehousing operations.
We continue to scale our business operations and add manufacturing requirements for products currently under development. We have outsourced the majority of our t:slim cartridge manufacturing demand to an experienced third-party contract manufacturer and consistently evaluating the outsourcing of other aspects of our operations. If we fail to achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate, our manufacturing and operating costs may be greater than expected, which would have a material adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, we or our third-party contract manufacturers may encounter problems during manufacturing for a variety of reasons, including failure to follow specific protocols and procedures, failure to comply with applicable regulations, equipment malfunction, component part supply constraints and environmental factors, any of which could delay or impede our ability to meet customer demand and have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. Further, because of the custom nature of our cartridge manufacturing process and product components, and the highly regulated nature of our products overall, in the event of any problems with a contract manufacturer, we may not be able to quickly establish additional or alternative arrangements.
We expect that the management and support of our facilities, increasing reliance on third-party contract manufacturers and the increase of our manufacturing volumes will place significant burdens on our management team, particularly in areas relating to operations, quality, regulatory, facilities and information technology. We may not be able to effectively manage our ongoing manufacturing operations and we may not achieve the operating efficiencies that we anticipate, either from our own facilities or from our use of contract manufacturing. Further, additional increases in demand for our products may require that we further expand our business operations, which may require that we obtain additional facilities, make additional investments in capital equipment or increase our utilization of third-party contract manufacturing.
26
We may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships with third parties that may not result in the development of commercially viable products or the generation of significant future revenues.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may enter into collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships to develop proposed products or technologies, pursue new markets, or protect our intellectual property assets. We may also elect to amend or modify similar agreements that we already have in place. Proposing, negotiating and implementing collaborations, licensing arrangements, joint ventures, strategic alliances or partnerships may be a lengthy and complex process, and may subject us to business risks. For example, other companies, including those with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales, technology or other business resources, may compete with us for these opportunities, or may be the counterparty in any such arrangements. We may not be able to identify or complete any such collaboration in a timely manner, on a cost-effective basis, on acceptable terms or at all. In addition, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of any such collaborations that we do identify and complete. In particular, these collaborations may not result in the development of products or technologies that achieve commercial success or result in positive financial results or may otherwise fail to have the intended impact on our business.
Additionally, we may not be in a position to exercise sole decision-making authority regarding a collaboration, licensing or other similar arrangement, which could create the potential risk of creating impasses on decisions. Further, our collaborators and business partners may have economic or business interests or goals that are, or that may become, inconsistent with our business interests or goals. It is possible that conflicts may arise with our collaborators and other business partners, such as conflicts concerning the achievement of performance milestones, or the interpretation of significant terms under any agreement, such as those related to financial obligations, termination rights or the ownership or control or other licenses of intellectual property rights. If any conflicts arise with our current or future collaborators, they may act in their self-interest, which may be adverse to our best interest, and they may breach their obligations to us. In addition, we have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our current collaborators, such as Dexcom and Abbott, or any future collaborators devote to our arrangement with them or our future products. Disputes between us and our current, future or potential collaborators may result in litigation or arbitration which would increase our expenses and divert the attention of our management. Further, these transactions and arrangements are contractual in nature and may be terminated or dissolved under the terms of the applicable agreements and, in such event, we may not continue to have rights to the products relating to such transaction or arrangement or may need to purchase such rights at a premium. For example, we have entered into multiple development and commercialization agreements with Dexcom, which provide us non-exclusive licenses to integrate various currently available and future generations of Dexcom’s CGM technology with our insulin pump products. Under certain circumstances, these agreements may be terminated by either party without cause or on short notice. Our current agreements with Dexcom do not grant us rights to integrate future generations of Dexcom CGM technology, beyond G7 CGM devices, with any of our current or future products. Termination of any of our agreements with Dexcom would require us to redesign certain current products and products under development, and attempt to integrate an alternative CGM system into our insulin pump systems, which would require significant development and regulatory activities that could result in an interruption or substantial delay in the availability of the product to our customers. The termination of our existing commercial agreements with Dexcom would disrupt our ability to commercialize our existing products and our development of future products, which could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations, negatively impact our ability to compete and cause our stock price to decline.
Modifications to our business strategy or restructuring of our operations could lead to higher costs or otherwise impact the profitability of our business or the value of our assets.
As changes occur in our business environment, we have adjusted, and may continue to adjust, our business strategies. We may also decide to further restructure our operations, specific business functions, or assets. However, any new structure and strategies may not deliver the expected benefits, such as supporting our growth objectives or enhancing shareholder value and could prove less effective than our previous approach. Additionally, external factors, including evolving technology, shifting consumer behaviors, acceptance of our products, and macroeconomic changes, could negatively impact the value of our assets. These changes or events may lead to costs associated with adjusting our business strategy and potentially necessitate writing down asset values.
27
Risks Related to Our International Operations
Commercializing our products outside of the United States may result in a variety of risks associated with international operations that could materially adversely affect our business.
Our sales in the approximately 24 countries in which our products are offered outside the United States, which accounted for approximately 28% of our total sales during 2024, are accompanied by certain financial and other risks related to international business markets, including:
•local product preferences and differing regulatory requirements for product clearances, certifications, or approvals;
•differing U.S. and foreign medical device import and export rules;
•more restrictive privacy and security laws relating to personal information of end-users and employees, including GDPR and other E.U. Member State national legislation;
•reduced protection for our intellectual property rights in certain countries outside the United States compared to the protection that exists in the United States;
•unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;
•economic weakness, including inflation and workforce instability, and political instability in foreign economies and markets;
•compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and comparable foreign legislation;
•difficulties associated with foreign legal systems, including increased costs associated with enforcing contractual obligations in foreign jurisdictions;
•political instability and actual or anticipated military or political conflicts;
•difficulties in managing international relationships, including any relationships that we establish with foreign partners, distributors, or sales or marketing agents;
•foreign taxes, including withholding and payroll taxes;
•different reimbursement systems; and
•foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country.
In addition, entry into international markets may require significant financial resources, impose additional demands on our manufacturing, quality, regulatory, customer support and other general and administrative personnel, and could divert management’s attention from managing our core business. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in new markets. If we are unable to expand internationally, effectively transition to direct sales in certain European countries, manage the complexity of our global operations successfully or if we incur unanticipated expenses, we may not achieve the expected benefits of this expansion and our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
28
Failure to obtain any required regulatory authorization, clearance or certification in foreign jurisdictions will prevent us from marketing our products in international markets.
We sell our products in certain countries outside the United States and may seek to begin commercial sales of our products in additional geographies in the future. As we continue to expand our operations outside of the United States and launch new products, we are increasingly subject to additional regulatory and legal requirements in the international markets. These additional legal and regulatory requirements may result in our incurring significant costs and expenditures. We have limited experience complying with applicable laws and regulations in international markets generally, and in particular when we enter new markets, and if we are not able to comply with any such requirements, our international expansion and business could be significantly harmed.
Failure to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws could materially adversely affect our business and result in civil and/or criminal sanctions.
The FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, and similar anti-bribery laws enacted in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to foreign officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. Because of the predominance of government-sponsored healthcare systems around the world, most of our customer relationships outside of the United States are with governmental entities and are therefore subject to such anti-bribery laws. Because we do business in the U.K., the U.K. Bribery Act also extends to our interaction with public and private sector entities and persons outside the U.K., including in the United States. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws. We operate in parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree, and in certain circumstances strict compliance with anti-bribery laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Despite our training and compliance programs, our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. Violations of anti-bribery laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
We have incurred a significant amount of indebtedness, and the agreements governing such indebtedness subject us to required debt service payments, as well as financial and operational covenants, any of which may restrict our financial flexibility and affect our ability to operate our business.
From time to time, we have financed our liquidity needs under various credit arrangements and we may borrow additional funds in the future. For example, in May 2020, we completed the offering of $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the 2025 Notes), which are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 2025 indenture). In March 2024, we completed the offering of $316.3 million aggregate principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the 2029 Notes and, together with the 2025 Notes, the Notes), which are governed by the terms of an indenture (the 2029 indenture and, together with the 2025 Notes, the indentures). In March 2024, we used the proceeds from the offering of the 2029 Notes to repurchase approximately $246.7 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes in privately negotiated transactions with holders of the 2025 Notes and as of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $40.8 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes outstanding. The Notes are our senior unsecured obligations, and interest on the Notes is payable in cash semi-annually at a rate of 1.50% per year.
Our failure to comply with certain obligations under the Notes, or inability to make required debt service payments, could result in an event of default under the relevant indenture. A default, if not cured or waived, could result in acceleration of the indebtedness, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity. Further, if our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that cash will be available to pay the indebtedness and we may not have the ability to refinance the indebtedness on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
In addition, our current or future level of indebtedness could affect our business, operations and strategy in several important ways, including the following:
•we may be required to dedicate a portion of our current liquidity or cash flow from operations to interest payments, limiting the availability of cash for other purposes;
•covenants contained in future agreements governing indebtedness may limit our ability to borrow additional funds, refinance indebtedness or make certain investments;
•debt covenants may affect our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in the economy and our industry;
29
•a high level of indebtedness may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and competitive conditions; and
•a high level of indebtedness may limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future or negatively impact the terms on which additional financing may be obtained.
Servicing the Notes will require a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to repay the Notes.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal and interest on the Notes, or to refinance the Notes depends on our future business operations and liquidity, which are subject, to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, market acceptance of our products, regulatory clearance, certification, or approval for our products, and the competitive environment in which we operate. Our business may not generate or sustain a level of cash flow from operations sufficient to service the Notes and any future indebtedness we may incur. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying capital expenditures, selling or licensing assets, refinancing indebtedness, or obtaining additional equity capital. Our ability to successfully engage in these activities will depend on a number of factors, including the value of our assets, our operating results and financial condition, the value of our common stock, and the status of the capital markets at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities on commercially reasonable terms or at all, which could result in a default under the Notes, or our future indebtedness.
In addition, we may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt, including the Notes, through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material. Further, any such purchases or exchanges may result in us acquiring and retiring a substantial amount of such indebtedness, which could impact the trading liquidity of such indebtedness.
We may not have sufficient cash or be able to obtain financing to repurchase the Notes upon a fundamental change, or to settle conversions of the Notes.
Holders of the Notes have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the applicable indenture governing the Notes) at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. In addition, upon conversion of the Notes, unless we elect to deliver solely shares of our common stock to settle such conversion, we will be required to settle all or a portion of our
conversion obligation through the payment of cash, which could adversely affect our liquidity. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of the Notes or settle conversions of the Notes. In addition, our ability to repurchase the Notes or to pay cash upon conversions of the Notes may be limited by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase Notes at a time when the repurchase is required by the indenture, or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the Notes as required by the indenture, would constitute an event of default under the indenture. A default under an indenture, or the fundamental change itself, could also lead to a default under agreements governing our existing or future indebtedness, including the other indenture. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the notes or make cash payments upon conversions thereof.
Conversion of the Notes will, to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of such Notes, dilute the ownership interest of existing stockholders and may otherwise have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.
The conversion of some or all of the Notes will dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders to the extent we deliver shares upon conversion of any of the Notes. Any sales in the public market of the common stock issued upon the conversion of the Notes could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. In addition, the perception that some or all of the Notes may be converted into shares of our common stock in the future could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock.
30
Certain provisions in the indentures governing the Notes may delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover attempt.
Certain provisions in the indenture governing the Notes may make it more difficult or expensive for a third party to acquire us. For example, the terms of the Notes require us to offer to repurchase the Notes in the event of a fundamental change and, in certain circumstances, to increase the conversion rate for a holder that converts its Notes in connection with a make-whole fundamental change (as defined in the indenture governing the Notes). A takeover of the Company may trigger the requirement that we offer to repurchase the Notes and/or increase the conversion rate of the Notes for a holder that elects to convert its Notes, which could make it more costly for a potential acquirer to engage in such takeover. These and other provisions set forth in the indenture may have the effect of delaying or preventing a takeover of the Company that would otherwise be beneficial to investors.
The Capped Call Transactions may affect the value of the Notes and our common stock.
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the 2025 Capped Call Transactions) with certain financial institutions (the option counterparties) and in connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, we entered into capped call transactions (the 2029 Capped Call Transactions and, together with the 2025 Capped Call Transactions, the Capped Call Transactions) with certain financial institutions (the 2029 option counterparties and, together with the 2025 option counterparties, the option counterparties). The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution to our common stock upon any conversion of the Notes and/or offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap.
The option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions before the applicable maturity of the Notes. This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the market price of our common stock or the Notes, which could affect a Note holder’s ability to convert the Notes.
The potential effect, if any, of any of these transactions and activities on the market price of our common stock or the Notes will depend in part on market conditions and cannot be ascertained at this time, but any of these activities could adversely affect the value of our common stock and the value of the Notes and, under certain circumstances, the ability of the Note holders to convert the Notes.
We are subject to counterparty risk with respect to the Capped Call Transactions.
The option counterparties are financial institutions, and we will be subject to the risk that any or all of them may default under the Capped Call Transactions. If an option counterparty becomes subject to insolvency proceedings, we will become an unsecured creditor in those proceedings with a claim equal to our exposure at that time under the Capped Call Transaction with such option counterparty. Our exposure will depend on many factors but, in general, an increase in our exposure will be correlated to an increase in the market price and volatility of our common stock. In addition, upon a default by an option counterparty, we may suffer more dilution than we currently anticipate with respect to our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Future Financings and Financial Results
We may need or otherwise determine to raise additional funds in the future and if we are unable to raise additional funds when necessary or desirable, we may not be able to achieve our strategic objectives.
As of December 31, 2024, we had $438.3 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. Our management expects the continued growth of our business, including the expansion of our customer service infrastructure to support our growing base of customers, our plans to continue expanding commercial sales of our products outside of the United States, the growth of our manufacturing and warehousing operations, and the increase of our facility footprint to accommodate additional headcount and R&D activities, will continue to increase our expenses. In addition, the amount of our future product sales is difficult to predict and actual sales may not be in line with our forecasts. Accordingly, our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
•revenue generated by sales of our products, as well as the gross profits and gross margin we realize from such sales;
•the costs associated with maintaining and expanding an appropriate sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure;
31
•expenses associated with developing and commercializing our proposed products or technologies, including capital expenditures we make to maintain or enhance our manufacturing operations and distribution capabilities;
•the cost of obtaining and maintaining regulatory clearance, certification, or approval for our products and our manufacturing facilities, and of ongoing compliance with other legal and regulatory requirements;
•expenses we incur in connection with current or future litigation or governmental investigations;
•expenses we may incur or other financial commitments we may make in connection with current and potential new acquisitions, investments, business or commercial collaborations, development agreements or licensing arrangements; and
•general and administrative expenses.
As a result of these and other factors we may in the future seek capital from public or private offerings of our equity or debt securities, or from other sources. If we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, our existing stockholders may experience dilution, we may incur significant financing or debt service costs, and the new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our existing stockholders. In addition, if we raise additional funds through collaborations, licensing, joint ventures, strategic alliances, partnership arrangements or other similar arrangements, it may be necessary to relinquish valuable rights to our potential future products or proprietary technologies, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.
If we are unable to raise additional capital when necessary, we may not be able to maintain our existing sales, marketing, clinical and customer service infrastructure, enhance our current products or develop new products, take advantage of future opportunities, respond to competitive pressures, changes in supplier relationships, or unanticipated changes in customer demand. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to achieve our strategic objectives, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter.
There has been and may continue to be meaningful variability in our operating results from quarter to quarter, as well as within each quarter, especially around the time of anticipated new product launches or regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals by us or our competitors, and as a result of the commercial launch of our products in geographies outside of the United States. Our operating results, and the variability of these operating results, will be affected by numerous factors, including:
•our ability to commercialize and sell our current and future products and our ability to increase sales and gross profit from our products, including insulin pumps and the related insulin cartridges and infusion sets;
•the number and mix of our products sold in each quarter;
•acceptance of our products by people with insulin-dependent diabetes, their caregivers, healthcare providers and third-party payors;
•the pricing of our products and competing products, including the use of discounts, rebates or other financial incentives by us or our competitors;
•the effect of third-party coverage and reimbursement policies;
•our ability to maintain our existing infrastructure;
•the amount of, and the timing of the payment for, insurance deductibles required to be paid by our customers and potential customers under their existing insurance plans;
•interruption in the manufacturing or distribution of our products, including as a result of our anticipated initiation of direct sales in select European countries beginning in 2026;
•our ability to simultaneously manufacture multiple products that meet quality, reliability and regulatory requirements;
•seasonality and other factors affecting the timing of purchases of our products;
32
•timing of new product offerings, acquisitions, licenses or other significant events by us or our competitors;
•results of clinical research and trials on our existing and future products;
•the ability of our suppliers to timely provide us with an adequate supply of components that meet our requirements for product quality and reliability;
•regulatory clearances, certifications, or approvals, or adverse regulatory or legal actions, affecting our products or those of our competitors; and
•the timing of revenue and expense recognition associated with our product sales pursuant to applicable accounting standards.
In addition, we expect our operating expenses will continue to increase as we expand our business, which may exacerbate the quarterly fluctuations in our operating results. If our quarterly or annual operating results fall below the expectation of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Further, any quarterly or annual fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially, and these price fluctuations could result in further pressure on our stock price. We believe quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
Risks Related to Macroeconomic Conditions and External Factors
Uncertainty in current global economic and political conditions could adversely affect our ability to predict product demand and impact our financial results and makes it more likely that our actual results could differ materially from expectations.
Our operations and performance depend in part on worldwide economic and political conditions. Many of the jurisdictions in which our products are sold have experienced and could continue to experience unfavorable general economic conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown, including as a result of political instability and military hostilities in certain geographies, concerns over the potential downgrade of United States sovereign debt and continued sovereign debt, monetary and financial uncertainties in Europe and other geographies, and domestic and global inflationary trends, any of which could negatively affect the affordability of, and consumer demand for, our products. Under difficult economic conditions, consumers may seek to modify spending priorities and reduce discretionary spending by delaying purchases of our products, which could reduce our profitability and could negatively affect our overall financial performance. Other financial uncertainties in our major markets and unstable political conditions in certain markets, including civil unrest and governmental changes, could undermine global consumer confidence and reduce consumers’ purchasing power, thereby reducing demand for our products. We cannot predict the reoccurrence of any economic slowdown or the strength or sustainability of the economic recovery, worldwide, in the United States, or in our industry. These and other economic factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Changes in U.S. trade policy, including the imposition of tariffs and the resulting consequences, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results.
Based on the complex relationships between the United States and certain foreign countries, there is inherent risk that political, diplomatic and national security influences might lead to trade disputes and impacts and/or disruptions to our operations. There is currently significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States, Mexico, Canada and China including potential changes with respect to trade policies, treaties, tariffs, taxes, and other limitations on cross-border operations. We import various components, subcomponents and finished products from both Mexico and China and any changes in tariffs, trade barriers, and other regulatory requirements could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results, the extent of which cannot be predicted with certainty at this time.
Public health threats, epidemics, or pandemics could have a material adverse effect on our operations, the operations of our business partners, and the global economy as a whole.
Public health threats and other highly communicable diseases and outbreaks could adversely impact our operations, the operations of our customers, suppliers, distributors and other business partners, as well as the healthcare system in general. For example, certain development activities, such as human factors studies associated with our product development efforts and activities supporting the manufacturing scale-up for new products and the recruitment of participants in ongoing clinical studies, may be modified or delayed due to impacts of public health threats, which could our development timelines and regulatory strategies. These delays could have a negative impact on our product commercialization efforts and the future demand for our products.
33
In addition to the foregoing impacts, disruptions from outbreaks or epidemics, could result in delays in or the suspension of our manufacturing operations, research and product development activities, regulatory work streams, clinical development programs and other important commercial functions. In particular, if we or our third-party manufacturers are required to delay or suspend our manufacturing operations, we may encounter severe product shortages, which would adversely affect our results of operations and harm our reputation. We are also dependent upon our third-party suppliers for many of our product components and for our manufacturing-related equipment, and the incidence of disease could have a material adverse impact on the operations of our suppliers, which could prevent them from timely delivering products to us or supporting our requirements for manufacturing-related equipment. The full extent of the impact of potential future public health threats on our business and operations is subject to change and will continue to depend on a number of factors, including the scope and duration of the pandemic and any resulting changes to general economic conditions in the countries in which we operate and sell our products.
Because our business is global our sales and profits may fluctuate or decline in response to changes in foreign currency exchange rates or other international risks.
Activities outside the United States accounted for approximately 28% of our total sales during 2024. Foreign currency fluctuations could result in volatility of our revenue. In addition, we are exposed to transaction risk because we incur some of our sales and expenses in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Our most significant currency exposures are to the Canadian dollar, the Euro and Swiss franc, and the exchange rates between these currencies and the U.S. dollar may fluctuate substantially. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency rate fluctuations. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar would likely negatively impact our results. We price some of our products in U.S. dollars, and thus changes in exchange rates can make our products more expensive in some offshore markets and reduce our sales. Inflation could also make our products more expensive and increase the credit risks to which we are exposed. Future foreign currency fluctuations could favorably or unfavorably impact and increase the volatility of our revenue, profitability, and stock price. These and other risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations as a whole.
The effects of inflation could adversely affect our business.
Inflation has the potential to negatively impact our liquidity, business, financial condition, and results of operations by increasing our overall cost structure. The presence of inflation in the economy has led to, and may continue to lead to, higher interest rates, increased capital costs, supply shortages, and rising labor, component, manufacturing, and shipping costs, along with weaker exchange rates and other similar effects. As a result, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, higher costs. While we may implement measures to mitigate inflation's impact, if these measures prove ineffective, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and liquidity could be significantly harmed. Even if these measures are successful, there may be a delay between the implementation of these actions and their effect on our operations, compared to when the inflationary costs are incurred.
Risks Related to Privacy and Security
We may be subject to stringent and evolving United States and foreign laws, regulations, and rules, contractual obligations, policies and other obligations related to data privacy and security. Our actual or perceived failure to comply with such obligations could lead to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation (including class claims) and mass arbitration demands; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; reputational harm; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse business consequences.
In the ordinary course of business, we process personal data. Our data processing activities may subject us to numerous data privacy and security obligations, such as various laws, regulations, guidance, industry standards, external and internal data privacy and security policies, and contractual requirements.
A number of U.S. laws govern the privacy and security of personal data, including data breach notification laws, data privacy laws, consumer protection laws (e.g., Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), and other laws at the federal and state levels (e.g., wiretapping laws). For example, the United States Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), imposes specific requirements relating to the privacy of protected health information.
As another example, the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing Act of 2003 (CAN-SPAM) and the Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 (TCPA) impose specific requirements on communications with customers.
34
Numerous U.S. states have enacted comprehensive data privacy laws that impose certain obligations on covered businesses, including providing specific disclosures in privacy notices and affording residents with certain rights concerning their personal data. The exercise of these rights may impact our business and ability to provide our products and services. These state laws also allow for statutory fines for noncompliance. For example, under the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (CCPA), as amended by the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (CPRA) (collectively, CCPA), noncompliance may carry fines of up to $7,500 per intentional violation; the CCPA also allows private litigants affected by certain data breaches to recover significant statutory damages. Similar laws are being considered in several other states, as well as at the federal and local levels, and we expect more states to pass similar laws in the future.
Outside the United States, an increasing number of laws, regulations, and industry standards govern data privacy and security. For example, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (EU GDPR), the United Kingdom’s General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR) (collectively, GDPR), and Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) or the applicable provincial alternatives, impose strict requirements for processing personal data.
For example, under the GDPR, companies may face temporary or definitive bans on personal data processing and other corrective actions; fines of up to 20 million Euros under the EU GDPR / 17.5 million Pounds Sterling under the UK GDPR or, in each case, 4% of annual global revenue, whichever is greater; or private litigation related to processing of personal data brought by classes of data subjects or consumer protection organizations authorized at law to represent their interests.
Additionally, regulators are increasingly scrutinizing companies that process children’s data. Numerous laws, regulations, and legally binding codes, such as the Children’s Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA), California’s Age Appropriate Design Code, the CCPA, and the GDPR govern the processing of children data, including requiring certain consents to process such data and extending certain rights to children and their parents with respect to that personal data.
Our employees and personnel may use Artificial Intelligence (AI) technologies (including generative AI) to perform their work. The use and disclosure of personal data in AI technologies is subject to various data privacy laws and other data privacy obligations. Governments have passed and are likely to pass additional laws regulating generative AI. Our use of this technology could result in additional compliance costs, regulatory investigations and actions, and lawsuits. If we are unable to use AI, it could make our business less efficient and result in competitive disadvantages.
In the ordinary course of business, we may transfer personal data from Europe and other jurisdictions to the United States or other countries. Europe and other jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring certain data to be localized or limiting the transfer of personal data to other countries. In particular, the European Economic Area (EEA) and the UK have significantly restricted the transfer of personal data to the United States and other countries whose data privacy laws it deems inadequate. Other jurisdictions may adopt or have already adopted similarly stringent data localization and cross-border data transfer laws. Although there are currently various mechanisms that may be used to transfer personal data, these mechanisms are subject to legal challenges. If these legal challenges change or invalidate these transfer mechanisms, there is no assurance that we can satisfy or rely on these measures to lawfully transfer personal data to the United States. If there is no lawful mechanism for us to transfer personal data, or if the requirements for a legally-compliant transfer are too onerous, we could face significant adverse consequences. Additionally, companies that transfer personal data out of the EEA and UK to other jurisdictions, particularly to the United States, are subject to increased scrutiny from regulators, individual litigants, and activist groups.
Additionally, under various privacy laws and other obligations, we may be required to obtain certain consents to process personal data. For example, some of our data processing practices may be challenged under wiretapping laws, if we obtain consumer information from third parties through various methods. These practices may be subject to increased challenges by class action plaintiffs. Our inability or failure to obtain consent for these practices could result in adverse consequences, including class action litigation and mass arbitration demands.
In addition to data privacy laws, we are contractually subject to industry standards adopted by industry groups. For example, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS). We are also bound by other contractual obligations related to data privacy, including those imposed by our payors and business partners, including obligations to comply with applicable data privacy laws. Our failure to comply with our contractual obligations may result in a loss of revenue, loss of existing and future business opportunities, and payment of financial damages to the other parties involved. We publish privacy policies, marketing materials and other statements, such as compliance with certain certifications or self-regulatory principles, regarding data privacy and security. Regulators in the United States are increasingly scrutinizing these statements, and if these policies, materials or statements are found to be deficient, lacking in transparency, deceptive, unfair, misleading, or misrepresentative of our practices, we may be subject to investigation, enforcement actions by regulators or other adverse consequences.
35
Obligations related to data privacy are quickly changing, becoming increasingly stringent, and creating uncertainty. Additionally, these obligations may be subject to differing applications and interpretations, which may be inconsistent or conflict among jurisdictions. Preparing for and complying with these obligations requires us to devote significant resources, which may necessitate changes to our services, information technologies, systems, and practices and to those of any third parties with whom we work. In addition, these obligations may require us to change our business model. We may at times fail (or be perceived to have failed) in our efforts to comply with our data privacy obligations. Moreover, despite our efforts, our employees and personnel or third parties with whom we work, may fail to comply with such obligations, which could negatively impact our business operations. In addition, a shift in consumers’ data privacy expectations or other social, economic or political developments could impact the regulatory enforcement of these obligations, which could increase the cost of and complicate our compliance with applicable obligations.
If we or the third parties with whom we work fail, or are perceived to have failed to address or comply with applicable data privacy obligations, we could face significant consequences, including but not limited to: government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, inspections, and similar); litigation (including class-action claims) and mass arbitration demands; additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; bans on processing of personal data; orders to destroy or not use personal data; and imprisonment of company officials. In particular, plaintiffs have become increasingly more active in bringing data privacy-related claims against companies, including class claims and mass arbitration demands. Some of these claims allow for the recovery of statutory damages on a per violation basis; if viable, these claims carry the potential for monumental statutory damages, depending on the volume of personal data and the number of violations.
Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, or financial condition, including but not limited to: loss of customers; interruptions or stoppages in our business operations (including, as relevant, clinical trials); inability to process personal data or to operate in certain jurisdictions; limited ability to develop or commercialize our products; expenditure of time and resources to defend any claim or inquiry; adverse publicity; or substantial changes to our business model or operations.
If our information technology systems or those of third parties with whom we work, our data, or our software are or were compromised, we could experience adverse consequences resulting from such compromise, including but not limited to regulatory investigations or actions; litigation; fines and penalties; disruptions of our business operations; harm to our reputation; loss of revenue or profits; loss of customers or sales; and other adverse consequences.
In the ordinary course of business, the efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology and communication systems, as well as those of third parties with whom we work. We and the third parties with whom we work process confidential, personal, or other sensitive data, including health information, proprietary sales and marketing data, accounting and financial information, manufacturing and quality records, inventory management data, product development tasks, research and development data, customer service and technical support information.
Cyberattacks, malicious internet-based activity, online and offline fraud, and other similar activities threaten the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of our sensitive information and information technology systems, and those of the third parties with whom we work. Such threats are prevalent and continue to rise, are increasingly difficult to detect, and come from a variety of sources, including traditional computer “hackers,” threat actors, “hacktivists,” organized criminal threat actors, personnel (such as through theft or misuse), sophisticated nation states, and nation-state-supported actors.
Some actors now engage and are expected to continue to engage in cyberattacks, including without limitation nation-state actors for geopolitical reasons and in conjunction with military conflicts and defense activities. During times of war and other major conflicts, we and the third parties with whom we work may be vulnerable to a heightened risk of these attacks, including retaliatory cyberattacks.
Our systems, those of the third parties with whom we work, and the underlying data are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of threats, including without limitation earthquakes, fires, floods, other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, social-engineering attacks (including phishing and deep fakes, which may be increasingly more difficult to identify as fake), malicious code (such as viruses and worms), malware (including as a result of advanced persistent threat intrusions), denial-of-service attacks, credential stuffing, credential harvesting, supply chain attacks, personnel misconduct or error, ransomware attacks, software bugs, server malfunctions, software or hardware failures, loss of data or other information technology assets, adware, attacks enhanced or facilitated by AI, and other similar threats. Notably, severe ransomware attacks are becoming increasingly prevalent. Extortion payments may alleviate the negative impact of a ransomware attack, but we may be unwilling or unable to make such payments due to, for example, applicable laws or regulations prohibiting such payments.
36
In addition, our insulin pumps and other products rely on software and hardware, some of which is developed by third parties with whom we work, that could contain vulnerabilities. We take steps designed to detect, mitigate and remediate vulnerabilities in our information systems (such as our hardware and/or software, including that of third parties with whom we work) and products, but we may not be able to detect, mitigate, and remediate such vulnerabilities, including on a timely basis. Further, we may experience delays in developing and deploying remedial measures and patches designed to address identified vulnerabilities. Our risks may increase significantly due to the use of mobile and cloud-based applications in our medical devices. For example, while our Tandem Device Updater is designed to give us the ability to quickly recover from certain risks and/or vulnerabilities, the use of mobile applications enables third parties to store their information on mobile devices that we do not control. The Tandem Device Updater may also not operate as intended if the software being transmitted contains errors, vulnerabilities or viruses. Vulnerabilities in our products and information systems could be exploited and result in a security incident. In addition to vulnerabilities, the reliance of our insulin pumps and other products on software and hardware exposes us and our customers to risks that may impact the performance of our products. For example, in March 2024, we issued a recall of our Apple iOS t:connect mobile app in the United States relating to an issue that could cause rapid depletion of a user’s t:slim X2 insulin pump battery (the March 2024 Recall). On August 20, 2024, we released an updated version of the impacted app to correct the issue described in the March 2024 recall.
Any of the previously identified or similar threats and risks could in the future, as they have in the past, cause a security incident or other interruption that could result in the unauthorized, unlawful or accidental disclosure, access, acquisition, modification, destruction, loss, alteration, or encryption of our sensitive information or our information technology systems or those of the third parties with whom we work. A security incident or other interruption could disrupt our ability (and that of third parties with whom we work) to provide our products and services.
Furthermore, many of the third parties with whom we work are subject to similar risks. We rely on third parties and technologies to operate critical business systems to process sensitive information in a variety of contexts, including, without limitation, cloud-based infrastructure, data center facilities, encryption and authentication technology, employee email, and other functions and systems. Our ability to monitor information security practices of these third parties is limited, and these third parties may not have adequate information security measures in place. If the third parties with whom we work experience a security incident or other interruption, we could experience adverse consequences. While we may be entitled to damages if these third parties fail to satisfy their privacy- or security-related obligations to us, any award may be insufficient to cover our damages, or we may be unable to recover such an award. In addition, supply chain attacks have increased in frequency and severity, and we cannot guarantee that infrastructure belonging to these third parties in our supply chain, or the supply chains of third parties with whom we work have not been compromised.
Moreover, remote work has increased risks to our information technology systems and data. Additionally, future or past business transactions (such as acquisitions or integrations) could expose us to additional cybersecurity risks and vulnerabilities, as our systems could be negatively affected by vulnerabilities present in acquired or integrated entities’ systems and technologies. Furthermore, we may discover security issues that were not found during due diligence of such acquired or integrated entities, and it may be difficult to integrate companies into our information technology environment and security program.
We may expend significant resources or modify our business activities to try to protect against security incidents. Certain data privacy and security obligations may require us to implement and maintain reasonable or specific security measures or industry standards to protect our information technology systems and sensitive information.
Applicable data privacy and security obligations may require us, or we may voluntarily choose, to notify relevant stakeholders of security incidents, or to take other actions. Such disclosures and related actions can be costly, and the disclosure or the failure to comply with applicable requirements could lead to adverse consequences.
If we or a third party with whom we work experience a security incident such as the phishing attack we experienced in 2020, or are perceived to have experienced a security incident, we may experience adverse consequences, such as government enforcement actions (e.g., investigations, fines, penalties, audits, and inspections); additional reporting requirements and/or oversight; restrictions on processing sensitive information including personal data, litigation including class claims and mass arbitration demands; indemnification obligations; negative publicity; reputational harm; loss of investor, partner or customer confidence in the effectiveness of our cybersecurity measures; monetary fund diversions; diversion of management attention; interruptions in our operations including availability of data; financial loss; and other similar harms. Security incidents and attendant consequences may cause customers to stop using our products, prevent customers from using our products, deter new customers from using our products, and negatively impact our ability to grow and operate our business.
37
Our contracts may not contain limitations of liability, and even where they do, there can be no assurance that limitations of liability in our contracts are sufficient to protect us from liabilities, damages, or claims related to our data privacy and security obligations. We cannot be sure that our insurance coverage will be adequate or sufficient to protect us from or to mitigate liabilities arising out of our privacy and security practices, that such coverage will continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or that such coverage will pay future claims.
Our sensitive information could be leaked, disclosed, or revealed as a result of or in connection with our employees’, personnel’s, or third parties with whom we work use of generative artificial intelligence (AI) or machine learning (ML) technologies (collectively, AI/ML technologies). Any sensitive information, including confidential, competitive, proprietary, or personal data, that we input into a third-party generative AI platform could be leaked or disclosed to others, including if sensitive information is used to train the third parties’ AI model.
Cyberattacks aimed at our devices, products, services, or related systems, with the intent to alter or misuse them in ways that are inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals, could pose risks to users.
Medical devices are increasingly connected to the internet, personal technology devices, hospital networks, and other medical devices to enhance healthcare features, improve treatment capabilities for healthcare providers, and help patients manage their conditions. However, these same advancements can also heighten cybersecurity risks, including the potential for unauthorized access and misuse by third parties. As a result, cyberattacks that infiltrate, disrupt, or compromise our devices, products, services, or related systems could affect the quality-of-care patients receive or compromise the confidentiality of patient information. Additionally, any alteration or misuse of these devices, products, or services in ways that are inconsistent with our FDA clearances and approvals could create risks for users and expose the company to potential liabilities.
Risks Related to Legal and Intellectual Property
Our ability to comprehensively protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology is uncertain.
We rely primarily on patent, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements, to protect our proprietary technologies. However, such methods may not be adequate to protect us or permit us to gain or maintain a competitive advantage. We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. If we fail to file a patent application timely in any jurisdiction, it could result in us forfeiting certain patent rights in that jurisdiction. Further, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be granted in a timely manner or at all. The rights granted to us under our patents, and the rights we are seeking to have granted in our pending patent applications, may not provide us with any commercial advantage. In addition, those rights could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors, or be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or administrative proceedings. The failure of our patents to adequately protect our technology might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Due to differences between foreign and U.S. patent laws, our patented intellectual property rights may not receive the same degree of protection in foreign countries as they would in the United States. Even if patents are granted outside of the United States, effective enforcement in those countries may not be available.
We rely on our trademarks and trade names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our current or future trademark applications will be approved in a timely manner or at all. From time to time, third parties oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote additional resources to marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe upon our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.
We have entered into confidentiality agreements and intellectual property assignment agreements with our officers, employees, temporary employees and consultants regarding our intellectual property and proprietary technology. We also enter into confidentiality agreements with potential collaborators and other counterparties, and the terms of our collaboration agreements typically contain provisions governing the ownership and control of intellectual property. In the event of unauthorized use or disclosure or other breaches of those agreements, we may not be provided with meaningful protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information.
38
To protect our proprietary rights, we may in the future need to assert claims of infringement against third parties, which may be difficult, expensive and time consuming. The outcome of litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is subject to rapid change and constant evolution and, consequently, intellectual property protection in our industry can be uncertain. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially valuable. In the event of an adverse judgment, a court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorneys’ fees. The occurrence of any of these events may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Patent litigation in the medical device industry is common, and we may be subject to litigation that could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of management from our business.
Our success will depend in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of third parties. While we review third party patents in advance of product launches to try to identify and avoid any infringement concerns, the large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent issuances, and the complexity of the technology involved mean that there can be no assurance that all potentially relevant patents are identified or that our products do not infringe existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future. As such, there is a risk that third parties may assert patent infringement claims against us. Despite our efforts to avoid infringement and to resolve any claims that may arise, litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims, which could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our competitors in both the United States and markets outside of United States may have applied for or obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make and sell our current products or products under development.
From time to time, we may receive communications from third parties alleging our infringement of their intellectual property rights or offering a license to their intellectual property relating to products that we are currently developing could require us to do one or more of the following:
•stop selling current products, developing new products or using technology that allegedly infringes on third-party intellectual property;
•try to obtain a license to intellectual property from the third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;
•try to re-design our products around third-party intellectual property;
•incur significant royalty payments and legal expenses; or
•pay substantial damages to the party whose intellectual property rights we are allegedly infringing.
For example, November 2023, at the Unified Patent Court (UPC), Paris Central Division (UPC Paris), we filed a revocation action and an action for a declaration of non-infringement of EP Patent No. 2 196 231 B1 (the ’231 patent) against Roche Diabetes Care GmbH. While Roche contends that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump infringes the ‘231 patent, we contend that our t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘231 patent. Furthermore, we contend that the claims of the ‘231 patent are invalid over the prior art and should be revoked. In February 2024, Roche filed an infringement action against Tandem and its distributor in Germany at the UPC, Hamburg Local Division (UPC Hamburg) contending that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump, and the offering, marketing, using, importing, possessing, and supplying of such devices infringes certain claims of the ‘231 patent. Roche seeks, among other things, damages and other monetary relief, costs and expenses of the legal proceedings, and an order to cease and desist the allegedly infringing activities. At the UPC Hamburg, Tandem has asserted that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the claims of the ‘231 patent and Tandem’s distributor has asserted that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the claims of the ‘231 patent and that the claims of the ‘231 patent are invalid and should be revoked. On November 6, 2024, the UPC Paris held a hearing on Tandem’s action to revoke the claims of the ‘231 patent. On December 18, 2024, the UPC Paris upheld the patent. The hearing in Hamburg on invalidity and non-infringement is scheduled for June 12, 2025.
In December 2023, F. Hoffman-La Roche AG and Roche Diabetes Care GmbH (collectively, Roche), filed an infringement action at the UPC, Dusseldorf Division (UPC Dusseldorf) against Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and Tandem Diabetes Care Europe B.V. and Tandem’s distributors in Germany, France, the Netherlands and Denmark. Roche alleges our t:slim X2 insulin pump, and the offering, marketing, using, importing, possessing, and supplying of such devices infringe EP Patent No. 1 970 677 B1 (the ‘677 patent). While Roche contends that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump infringes the ‘677 patent, we contend that our t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘677 patent. Furthermore, we contend that the claims of the ‘677 patent are invalid over the prior art and should be revoked. Roche seeks, among other things, damages and other monetary relief, costs
39
and expenses of the legal proceedings, and an order to cease and desist the allegedly infringing activities. On April 9, 2025, the UPC Dusseldorf will hold a hearing on Roche’s action asserting infringement of the ‘677 patent, Tandem and its distributors’ counterclaims that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘677 patent, and Tandem and its distributors’ actions to revoke the claims of the ‘677 patent.
As the UPC is a new court system that came into effect in 2023, enforcement and litigation under the UPC is new and we cannot accurately predict the outcome of such proceedings.
If any of our products are found to infringe Roche’s patents and Roche’s patents are also found to be valid, we could be required to redesign our technology or obtain a license from Roche to continue importing, marketing and selling our dosing devices in certain countries in Europe. However, we may not be successful in the redesign of our technology or able to obtain any such license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We also could be forced, including by court order, to cease importing, marketing and selling certain of our products in certain countries in Europe that are found to be infringing until the patents expire. Even if we were ultimately to prevail, litigation with Roche could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business. We cannot reasonably estimate the final outcome, including any potential liability or any range of potential future charges associated with litigation.
We do not maintain insurance to cover the expense or any liability that may arise from an intellectual property dispute. Any litigation or claim against us may cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the attention of management from our business and harm our reputation. Further, as we launch new products, increase our sales and expand the geographic regions in which we commercialize our products we believe the likelihood of our involvement in intellectual property disputes will increase.
We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, or our employees, have wrongfully used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of our competitors.
Many of our employees were previously employed at other medical device companies, including those that are our competitors or could become our competitors. We may be subject to claims that we, or our employees, have used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information. In addition, we may be subject to allegations that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement. Even if we successfully defend against these claims, any resulting litigation could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the attention of management from our business and harm our reputation. If our defense of those allegations fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or key personnel. A loss of key personnel or intellectual property rights could limit our ability to commercialize products, which could have an adverse effect on our business.
We may incur product liability losses, and insurance coverage may be inadequate or unavailable to cover these losses.
Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the medical device industry. We are subject to product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, manufacturing defects, design defects, or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or information resulted in an unsafe condition, injury or death to customers. The risk of product liability claims may be even greater after we launch new products with new features or enter new markets where we have no prior experience selling our products. In addition, the misuse of our products or the failure of customers to adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant harm to customers, which could result in product liability claims. Product liability lawsuits and claims, safety alerts or product recalls could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert the attention of management from our business, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract and retain customers.
Although we maintain third-party product liability insurance coverage, it is possible that claims against us may exceed the coverage limits of our insurance policies. Even if any product liability loss is covered by an insurance policy, these policies have substantial deductibles. In addition, we expect the cost of our product liability insurance will increase as our sales increase. Product liability claims in excess of applicable insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition, any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in further increases of our product liability insurance premiums and make it more difficult to obtain insurance coverage in the future.
Adhering to regulations concerning public company corporate governance and reporting requirements may place a strain on our resources and distract management from other priorities.
Numerous laws and regulations, particularly those enacted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, new SEC rules, and Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements, impose obligations on public companies like ours. These have expanded the scope, complexity, and cost of corporate governance, reporting, and disclosure practices. Complying with these laws, including new disclosure requirements, has required and will
40
continue to require substantial management time and oversight, as well as significant accounting and legal expenses. Additionally, changes to accounting rules or standards, such as a potential mandate for U.S. companies to prepare financial statements using International Financial Reporting Standards, could negatively impact our financial results and business, potentially leading to higher accounting fees. These laws and regulations, often vague in their details, are subject to interpretation, and their application may evolve as new guidance emerges from regulatory bodies. This uncertainty could lead to higher costs due to ongoing updates in governance and disclosure practices. We plan to continue investing resources to comply with these evolving laws and regulations, which may increase general and administrative expenses and divert management’s attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance efforts. If our compliance efforts differ from regulatory expectations due to ambiguities in the laws, authorities may initiate legal action, which could negatively impact our business.
Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment
Our products and operations are subject to extensive governmental regulation, and failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.
The medical device industry is regulated extensively by governmental authorities, principally the FDA and corresponding state regulatory agencies in the United States, foreign regulatory authorities, and Notified Bodies in the EU. The regulations are very complex and are subject to rapid change and varying interpretations. Regulatory restrictions or changes could limit our ability to carry on or expand our operations or result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales. The FDA and other United States governmental agencies and comparable foreign regulatory authorities and Notified Bodies regulate numerous elements of our business, including:
•product design and development;
•pre-clinical and clinical testing and trials;
•product safety;
•establishment registration and product listing;
•labeling, packaging and storage;
•marketing, manufacturing, sales and distribution;
•import and export;
•pre-market clearance, certification, or approval;
•servicing and post-market surveillance;
•advertising and promotion; and
•recalls and field safety corrective actions.
Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (510(k) or approval of a pre-market approval (PMA) application from the FDA, unless an exemption from pre-market review applies. The process of obtaining regulatory clearances, certification, or approvals to market a medical device can be costly and time-consuming, which may be exacerbated if the FDA or other comparable regulatory authorities or Notified Bodies in the EU changes their clearance, certification, and approval policies, and we may not be able to obtain these clearances, certification for our proposed products or approvals on a timely basis or at all, including as a result of:
•our inability to demonstrate that our products are safe and effective for their intended users;
•the data from our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials may be insufficient to support clearance, certification, or approval; or
•the failure of the manufacturing process or facilities we use to meet applicable requirements.
41
Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance, certification, or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving profitability. Further, regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some customers from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.
Since our inception we have been audited or inspected by various regulatory authorities and Notified Bodies on numerous occasions. We also regularly respond to routine inquiries from regulatory authorities and Notified Bodies. In some instances, these audits, inspections and inquiries result in findings that require us to take corrective actions, which could include changes to our internal policies, procedures or operations, revisions to our product labeling, issuances of customer notifications or the initiation of product recalls, any of which could result in product liability claims and lawsuits. Our failure to appropriately respond to these findings and take corrective action, or to comply with applicable regulations for any other reason, could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as fines, civil or criminal penalties, injunctions, warning letters, product recalls, operating restrictions, interruption of production, delays in the introduction of products into the market, refusal of the FDA or other comparable foreign regulatory authorities or Notified Bodies to grant future clearances, certification, or approvals, and the suspension or withdrawal of existing clearances, certifications, or approvals by the FDA, other comparable foreign regulatory authorities or Notified Bodies. Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs, lower than anticipated sales, and diversion of management time and resources, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
New products or modifications to our existing products may require new 510(k) clearances, PMAs or certifications, or may require us to cease marketing or recall the modified products until clearances, certifications or approvals are obtained.
Any modification to a 510(k)-cleared device that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design, or manufacture, requires a new 510(k) clearance or, possibly, a PMA. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make this determination in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer’s decision. The FDA may not agree with our decisions regarding whether new clearances or approvals are necessary for changes that we have made to our products. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to submit new 510(k) notifications or PMAs for modifications to our previously cleared or approved products, for which we concluded that new clearances or approvals were not necessary, we may be required to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.
Further, the FDA’s ongoing review of and potential changes to the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to modify our previously cleared products, either by imposing stricter requirements on when a new 510(k) for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted, or by applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions.
For those medical devices sold in the EU and for which we have obtained a CE Certificate of Conformity by a Notified Body, we must notify the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned significant changes to the products or if there are substantial changes to our quality assurance systems affecting those products. The Notified Body will then assess the changes and determine whether additional audits or actions are required prior to their implementation. Obtaining variation of existing CE Certificates of Conformity or a new CE Certificate of Conformity can be a time-consuming process, and delays in obtaining required future clearances, certifications or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our future growth. Moreover, any substantial changes that take place in the coming years may impact the continuing validity of our CE Certificates of Conformity that were issued on the basis of the Medical Device Directive.
A recall or suspension of our products, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products, could have a significant negative impact on us.
The FDA and equivalent foreign regulatory authorities have the authority to require the recall or suspension, either temporarily or permanently, of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in quality systems, product design or manufacture or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Regulatory authorities have broad discretion to require the recall or suspension of a product or to require that manufacturers alert customers of safety risks, and may do so even in circumstances where we do not believe our product poses an unacceptable risk to health. In addition, manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product or suspend sales if any material deficiency in a product is found or alert customers of unanticipated safety risks. A government-mandated or voluntary recall or suspension by us, one of our distributors or any of our other third-party suppliers could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Recalls, suspensions or other notices relating to any products that we distribute would divert managerial and financial resources, and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results.
42
Further, under the FDA’s Medical Device Reporting regulations and equivalent regulations and requirements in other geographies, we are required to maintain appropriate quality systems and report incidents in which our product may have caused or contributed to serious injury or death in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to serious injury or death. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall or suspension of product sales, which could divert managerial and financial resources, impair our ability to manufacture our products in a cost-effective and timely manner and have an adverse effect on our reputation, financial condition and operating results. We have initiated product recalls in the past, and our risk of future product recalls may increase as we launch new products or offer new software updates for existing products.
In addition, we may be required to conduct costly post-market testing and surveillance to monitor the safety or effectiveness of our products in the EU. We must comply with medical device reporting requirements, including the reporting of adverse events and malfunctions related to our products. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our products, including unanticipated adverse events or adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, manufacturing problems, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements may result in changes to labeling, restrictions on such products or manufacturing processes, withdrawal of the products from the market, voluntary or mandatory recalls, a requirement to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device we manufacture or distribute, fines, suspension, variation or withdrawal of CE Certificates of Conformity, product seizures, injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties that would adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects. In addition, we have in the past relied on our distributors for assistance with market surveillance in Europe and we may face additional challenges in responding to a voluntary or mandatory recall, requirement to repair or similar corrective action during and after our planned transition to direct sales in select European countries beginning in 2026.
Our failure to comply with United States federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback laws and other United States federal and state anti-referral laws, or comparable foreign legislation, could have a material, adverse impact on our business.
The United States has numerous federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including, imprisonment, significant monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal funded programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.
Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex and evolving. Minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:
•the federal and state Anti-Kickback Statutes, which prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, paying or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and state Medicaid programs;
•federal and state false claims laws which prohibit, among other things, persons from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false or fraudulent claims for payment to Medicare, state Medicaid programs, or other third-party payors;
•federal and state physician self-referral laws, such as the Stark Law, which prohibit a physician from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity providing “designated health services,” including a company that furnishes durable medical equipment, with which the physician or their immediate family member has a financial relationship unless that financial relationship meets an exception under the applicable law;
•federal and state laws, such as the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, that prohibit an individual or entity from offering or transferring remuneration to any person eligible for benefits under a federal or state health care program which such individual or entity knows or should know are likely to influence such eligible individual’s choice of provider, practitioner or supplier of any item or service for which payment may be made under federal health care programs such as Medicare and state Medicaid programs;
•federal criminal laws enacted as part of HIPAA that prohibit, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;
•federal and state disclosure laws, such as the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which require certain manufacturers, including medical device manufacturers, to submit annual data pertaining to payments or other
43
transfers of value to covered recipients, including physicians and certain other healthcare providers, and teaching hospitals, as well as information regarding ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members;
•federal and state laws governing the use, disclosure and security of personal information, including protected health information, such as HIPAA and the HITECH; and
•foreign and United States state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws which may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.
Outside the United States, interactions between medical device companies and healthcare professionals are also governed by strict laws, such as national anti-bribery laws of European countries, national sunshine rules, regulations, industry self-regulation codes of conduct and physicians’ codes of professional conduct. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.
Our relationships with healthcare providers and other third parties are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of any of these laws and other applicable healthcare fraud and abuse laws may be punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including significant fines and civil monetary penalties, the possibility of exclusion from federal healthcare programs (including Medicare and Medicaid), disgorgement and corporate integrity agreements, which impose, among other things, rigorous operational and monitoring requirements on companies. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results. Federal government agencies continue to issue proposed and final rules implementing additional process, controls and guidelines for compliance under these laws with which we will be required to comply. We cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws and whether they might be retroactive. Further, the United States Department of Justice (DOJ) in conjunction with other federal agencies, has increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers. Adjusting to new regulatory guidelines and responding to investigations can be time and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from our core business. Additionally, if we settle an investigation, we may be forced to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. All of the foregoing could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.
The scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform. Our current or future activities could be subject to challenge under these laws. Any of these challenges could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.
Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms, or other regulatory reforms, may result in downward pressure on the price of and decrease reimbursement for our products, and uncertainty regarding the healthcare regulatory environment could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health administration authorities, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to, among other things, expand healthcare coverage to more individuals, contain or reduce the cost of healthcare, and improve the quality of healthcare outcomes. For example, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the Affordable Care Act) has substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers and encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services. In the future, additional changes could be made to governmental healthcare programs that could significantly impact the success of our products. This legislation and regulation may result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices, which may create additional pressure to reduce the prices charged for medical devices. Reduced reimbursement rates could significantly decrease our revenue, which in turn would place significant downward pressure on our gross margins and impede our ability to become profitable. Further, on August 16, 2022, President Biden signed the Inflation Reduction Act of 2022 (the IRA 2022) into law, which among other things, extends enhanced subsidies for individuals purchasing health insurance coverage in the Affordable Care Act marketplaces through plan year 2025. The IRA 2022 also eliminates the “donut hole” under the Medicare Part D program beginning in 2025 by significantly lowering the beneficiary maximum out-of-pocket cost and through a newly established manufacturer discount program.
We cannot predict which, if any, additional healthcare reform proposals will be adopted, when they may be adopted or what impact they may have on the existing regulatory environment, or our ability to operate our business. Any of these factors could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
44
In the EU (and in Northern Ireland), the MDR became applicable on May 26, 2021, repealing and replacing both the MDD and Directive 90/385/EEC on active implantable medical devices. The MDR establishes transitional provisions. However, the changes to the regulatory system implemented in the EU by the MDR include stricter requirements for clinical evidence and pre-market assessment of safety and performance, new classifications to indicate risk levels, requirements for third party testing by Notified Bodies, tightened and streamlined quality management system assessment procedures and additional requirements for the quality management system, additional requirements for traceability of products and transparency as well a refined responsibility of economic operators. We are also required to provide clinical data in the form of a clinical evaluation report. Fulfillment of the obligations imposed by the MDR may cause us to incur substantial costs. We may be unable to fulfil these obligations, or our Notified Body may consider that we have not adequately demonstrated compliance with our related obligations to merit a CE Certificate of Conformity on the basis of the MDR.
Moreover, in the EU, some EU Member States may, after a medical device is CE marked, require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular medical device candidate to currently available therapies. This Health Technology Assessment, or HTA process, which is currently governed by the national laws of the individual EU Member States, is the procedure according to which the assessment of the public health impact, therapeutic impact and the economic and societal impact of use of a given medical device in the national healthcare systems of the individual country is conducted. The outcome of HTA regarding specific medical device will often influence the pricing and reimbursement status granted to these products by the competent authorities of individual EU Member States. In December 2021, Regulation No 2021/2282 on HTA, amending Directive 2011/24/EU, was adopted in the EU. This Regulation, which entered into force in January 2022 and has applied as of January 2025, is intended to boost cooperation among EU Member States in assessing health technologies, including new medical devices, and providing the basis for cooperation at EU level for joint clinical assessments in these areas. The Regulation will permit EU Member States to use common HTA tools, methodologies, and procedures across the EU to identify promising technologies early, and continuing voluntary cooperation in other areas. Individual EU Member States will continue to be responsible for assessing non-clinical (e.g., economic, social, ethical) aspects of health technologies, and making decisions on pricing and reimbursement. If the conclusions of these assessments are negative, or compare our products unfavorably with competing products, this may impact our pricing and reimbursement status. If we are unable to obtain or maintain favorable pricing and reimbursement status in EU Member States for our medical devices or medical devices that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain certification, any anticipated revenue from and growth prospects for those products in the EU could be negatively affected.
In addition, the exit of the UK from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit” could lead to further regulatory divergence between the EU and the UK. On May 26, 2021, the MDR became applicable in the EU. However, the MDR is not applicable in Great Britain (i.e. England, Wales and Scotland), but does apply in Northern Ireland. In Great Britain, medical devices are governed by the Medical Devices Regulations 2002 (SI 2002 No 618, as amended) (UK MDR 2002) which, for the time being, retains a regulatory framework similar to the framework set out by the MDD. The UK’s regulator, the Medicines & Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, has published a road-map to new regulations for medical devices. The first of the regulations, which strengthen post-market surveillance requirements is scheduled to come into force on June 17, 2025. Further updated regulations are scheduled to follow in 2025 and 2026. Should the UK or Great Britain further diverge from the EU from a regulatory perspective, tariffs could be put into place in the future. We could therefore, both now and in the future, face significant additional expenses to operate our business, which could significantly and materially harm or delay our ability to generate revenue or achieve profitability of our business. Any further changes in international trade, tariff and import/export regulations as a result of Brexit or otherwise may impose unexpected duty costs or other non-tariff barriers on us. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between the EU and the UK.
Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, reimbursement approval and rebate policies, which may adversely affect our ability to generate revenue.
In some countries, particularly EU countries and EFTA member states, the pricing, reimbursement and rebates of health products is subject to governmental control, and in such countries, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices, as well as reimbursement and rebates. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount or if pricing or rebates are set at unsatisfactory levels in any such country, our prospects for generating revenue outside of the United States, if any, could be adversely affected and our business could be harmed.
Our advertising and promotion may include claims about our product in comparison to competing products, which could expose us to heightened regulatory scrutiny, enforcement risks, and the potential for litigation.
The FDA applies a heightened level of scrutiny to comparative claims in advertising and promotion, ensuring that promotional labeling is truthful and not misleading. There may be differing interpretations of whether certain communications align with a product's FDA-required labeling, and the FDA assesses these communications on a case-by-case basis.
45
Additionally, making comparative claims may raise concerns among our competitors. If a company claims in its advertising that its product is superior to a competitor's or that the competitor’s product is inferior, it could face the risk of a lawsuit from the competitor under federal and state false advertising, unfair trade practices, or potentially state libel laws. Such lawsuits could seek injunctive relief to stop further advertising, a court order for corrective advertising, and compensatory or punitive damages, where allowed by law.
Direct-to-consumer marketing and social media initiatives may subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny.
Our efforts to promote our products through direct-to-consumer marketing and social media initiatives may lead to increased scrutiny of how we communicate risk information, benefits, or claims, under the oversight of the FDA, FTC, HHS-OCR, or other regulatory bodies.
Risks Related to Environmental, Social and Governance Matters
Environmental, social, and governance (ESG) regulations, initiatives, directives, policies, and requirements could expose us to various risks.
Some regulators, customers, investors, employees, and other stakeholders are focused on ESG issues and related disclosures. These evolving regulations and shifting stakeholder expectations have led, and may continue to lead, to higher general and administrative costs, as well as increased management time and attention spent on compliance. For instance, collecting, measuring, and reporting ESG-related data is becoming more complex due to changing reporting standards, including from international regulatory bodies. In 2023, California passed three separate climate bills addressing greenhouse gas emissions data, climate-related financial risks, and emissions-related claims and carbon offsets. These ESG requirements and initiatives are subject to change, can be unpredictable, and may be challenging and costly for us to meet due to the complexity of our supply chain and the outsourced manufacturing of certain components. If we fail to comply or are unable to ensure our suppliers' compliance with these policies, customers may stop purchasing from us or pursue legal action, potentially damaging our reputation, revenue, and financial performance.
Our business could be adversely affected by changing expectations and challenges associated with implementing ESG initiatives, establishing ESG-related goals, gathering ESG data, and disclosing ESG-related information.
We may disclose certain ESG-related initiatives and goals in our SEC filings or other public communications. However, implementing these initiatives and goals could be challenging and costly, with the technologies required potentially being inefficient or slow to develop. Additionally, we may face criticism regarding the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of our disclosures. Statements about our ESG initiatives, goals, and progress may rely on evolving measurement standards, developing internal controls and processes, and assumptions that could change over time. Furthermore, we may be criticized for the scope or nature of these initiatives or goals, or for any revisions made to them. If our ESG data, processes, or reporting are incomplete or inaccurate, or if we fail to make timely progress toward our ESG goals, our reputation, business, financial performance, and growth may suffer.
Climate change or other extreme weather conditions and related regulations may have a long-term impact on our business.
Climate-related events, including the increasing frequency of extreme weather events and their impact on the United States, Mexico, Canada, and other major regions’ critical infrastructure along with potential related regulations, have the potential to disrupt our business, our third-party suppliers, and/or the business of our customers. For example, our third-party contract manufacturers are located in regions subject to natural disasters, including earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, wild fires and other catastrophic events. We strive to partner with organizations that mitigate their business risks associated with climate change. However, we recognize that inherent risks related to climate change, other extreme weather conditions and related regulations exist wherever global business is conducted. While these dangers currently have a low-assessed risk of disrupting our normal business operations, they pose a potential long-term impact on our business.
Although it is difficult to predict and adequately prepare to meet the challenges to our business posed by climate change, if new laws or regulations are more stringent than current legal or regulatory requirements, we may experience increased compliance burdens and costs to meet the regulatory obligations as well as adverse impacts on raw material sourcing, manufacturing operations and the distribution of our products.
46
Other Risks
The price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate significantly.
The trading price of our common stock has been and will continue to be volatile in response to a variety of factors, including the following:
•actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial and operating results from period to period;
•market acceptance of our current products and products under development, and the recognition of our brand;
•introduction of proposed products, technologies or treatment techniques by us or our competitors;
•announcements of significant contracts, acquisitions, divestitures or partnerships by us, our competitors or our collaboration partners;
•regulatory clearance, certification, or approval of our products or the products of our competitors or collaboration partners, or the failure to obtain such clearances, certifications, or approvals on the projected timeline or at all;
•the announcement of a product recall, suspension or other safety notice associated with our products or the products of our competitors, or other similar regulatory enforcement actions;
•financial and operating results relative to the expectations of securities analysts and other market participants and the issuance of securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;
•threatened or actual litigation, regulatory proceedings, or government investigations; and
•general political or economic conditions.
In addition, the trading price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to other factors, including the numerous risks and uncertainties described in this section. Fluctuations in our stock price may negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock, which could further impact our stock price. Further, our common stock may be susceptible to significant price and volume fluctuations as a result of stock market dynamics, which may impact our common stock without regard to our financial condition or operating performance. Given the competitiveness of the life sciences and medical device industry, the prices at which our common stock trades may fluctuate more significantly than might otherwise be typical, even with other market conditions, including general volatility, held constant. This volatility could negatively impact our ability to raise additional capital or utilize equity as consideration in any acquisition transactions we may pursue, and could make it more difficult for existing stockholders to sell their shares of the common stock at a price they consider acceptable or at all.
We depend on the knowledge and skills of our senior management and other key employees, and if we are unable to retain and motivate them or recruit additional qualified personnel, our business may suffer.
We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management, as well as certain key employees. For example, key members of our management have experience successfully scaling an early-stage medical device company to achieve profitability. Our success will depend on our ability to motivate and retain our current management and key employees, and to attract, motivate and retain qualified personnel in the future. In our industry, it is common to attract, motivate and retain executive talent and other employees with compensation packages that include a significant equity component. We have issued, and may continue to issue, additional equity incentives that we believe will enhance our ability to retain our current key employees and attract the necessary additional executive talent.
47
Competition for senior management and key employees in our industry is intense and over the past year we have also experienced general labor shortages in various areas of our business. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. In addition, adoption of new work models and requirements about when or how often employees work on site or remotely may present new challenges. As certain jobs and employers increasingly operate remotely, competition for talent may change in ways that cannot be fully predicted at this time. Moreover, we may need to increase employee wages, equity incentives, and benefits to attract and retain our personnel, which would increase our expenses. It may be difficult to continue to incentivize employees with meaningful equity incentives while limiting the use of the share reserve under our current long-term incentive plans. The loss of the services of certain members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management’s attention to seeking qualified replacements, and any general labor shortages could also negatively impact our ability to expand and scale functions that are needed to support the ongoing development of our products and the future growth of our business. Each member of senior management, as well as the vast majority of our employees may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. The members of our senior management are not subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may delay or prevent a change of control, which could reduce our stock price and prevent our stockholders from removing our current board of directors.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions:
•authorize the issuance of preferred stock with powers, preferences and rights that may be senior to our common stock, which can be created and issued by the board of directors without prior stockholder approval;
•provide for the removal of a director only with cause and then by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares;
•prohibit stockholders from calling special stockholder meetings;
•prohibit stockholders from acting by written consent without holding a meeting of stockholders;
•require the vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares to approve certain amendments to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and
•require advance written notice of stockholder proposals and director nominations.
We are also subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. These and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by our then-current board of directors, including a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
We may seek to grow our business through acquisitions of products or technologies, or investments in businesses, and the failure to successfully manage these acquisitions or investments, or the failure to integrate them with our existing business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
From time to time, we may consider opportunities to acquire or invest in other companies, products or technologies that may enhance our product platform or technology, expand the breadth of our markets or customer base, or otherwise advance our business strategies. Potential and completed acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:
•problems assimilating, maintaining or operating the acquired products or technologies;
•issues maintaining uniform standards, procedures, controls and policies;
•unanticipated costs, liabilities, impairment charges or write-offs associated with acquisitions or investments;
48
•diversion of management’s attention from our existing business;
•risks associated with entering new markets in which we have limited or no experience; and
•increased legal and accounting costs relating to the acquisitions or to comply with regulatory requirements or other compliance matters.
We do not know if we will be able to identify future acquisitions or investments we deem suitable, whether we will be able to successfully complete any such acquisitions or investments on favorable terms or at all, or whether we will be able to successfully integrate any acquired products or technologies into our business. Our potential inability to integrate any acquired products or technologies effectively may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.
Under current law, federal net operating losses (NOLs) incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal NOL carryforwards in a taxable year is limited to 80% of taxable income in such year. As of December 31, 2024, we had accumulated federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $96.5 million, and $248.0 million, respectively. Of the total federal NOL carryforwards, approximately $13.2 million were generated after January 1, 2018, and therefore do not expire under current law but can only be utilized to offset 80% of future taxable income. The remaining federal NOL carryforwards of $83.2 million will begin to expire in 2033, and state tax loss carryforwards continue to expire.
In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change in its equity ownership value over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL and research credit carryforwards may be subject to substantial limitations, which could cause U.S. federal income taxes to be paid earlier than would be paid if such limitations were not in effect and could cause NOL carryforwards to expire unused. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. In addition, there may be other limitations under state law on our ability to utilize NOL carryforwards, including temporary suspensions or other limitations on the use of NOL carryforwards to offset taxable income. We believe we experienced at least one ownership change that significantly reduced our ability to utilize our pre-2018 NOL and research credit carryforwards before they expire. Additionally, future ownership changes under Section 382 may also limit our ability to fully utilize any remaining tax benefits.
Uncertainties in the interpretation and application of existing, new and proposed tax laws and regulations could materially affect our tax obligations and effective tax rate.
The tax regimes to which we are subject or under which we operate are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. The issuance of additional guidance related to existing or future tax laws, or changes to tax laws or regulations proposed or implemented by the current or a future United States presidential administration, Congress, or taxing authorities in other jurisdictions, including jurisdictions outside of the United States, or by bodies such as the European Commission or the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD),could materially affect our tax obligations (including the costs of compliance) and effective tax rate. To the extent that such changes have a negative impact on us, including as a result of related uncertainty, these changes may adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.
The amount of taxes we pay in different jurisdictions depends on the application of the tax laws of various jurisdictions, including the United States, to our international business activities, tax rates, new or revised tax laws, or interpretations of tax laws and policies, and our ability to operate our business in a manner consistent with our corporate structure and intercompany arrangements. The taxing authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate may challenge our methodologies for pricing intercompany transactions pursuant to our intercompany arrangements or disagree with our determinations as to the income and expenses attributable to specific jurisdictions. If such a challenge or disagreement were to occur, and our position was not sustained, we could be required to pay additional taxes, interest, and penalties, which could result in one-time tax charges, higher effective tax rates, reduced cash flows, and lower overall profitability of our operations. Our financial statements could fail to reflect adequate reserves to cover such a contingency. Similarly, a taxing authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions.
49
Effective January 1, 2022, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 eliminated the option to deduct research and development expenses for tax purposes in the year incurred and requires taxpayers to capitalize and subsequently amortize such expenses over five years for research activities conducted in the United States and over 15 years for research activities conducted outside the United States. Although there have been legislative proposals to repeal or defer the capitalization requirement to later years, there can be no assurance that the provision will be repealed or otherwise modified. Future guidance from the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities with respect to such legislation may affect us, and certain aspects of such legislation could be repealed or modified in future legislation.
Our tax obligations and effective tax rate in the jurisdictions in which we conduct business could increase, including as a result of the base erosion and profit shifting (BEPS) project led by the OECD and other initiatives led by the OECD or the European Commission. In particular, the OECD is leading work on an iteration of the project based on two “pillars,” involving the reallocation of taxing rights in respect of certain multinational enterprises above a fixed profit margin to the jurisdictions in which they carry on business (subject to certain revenue threshold rules which we do not currently meet but may meet in the future) (Pillar One) and imposing a minimum effective corporate tax rate on certain multinational enterprises (Pillar Two). A number of countries in which we conduct business, including through our subsidiaries, such as the Netherlands and Switzerland, have enacted, or are in the process of enacting, core elements of the Pillar Two rules. Based on the minimum revenue thresholds contained in the Pillar Two rules, we expect that we are likely to fall within their scope in the short-to-medium term, subject to the application of any relevant transition or safe harbor rules. We are monitoring developments and evaluating the potential impacts of these new rules, including on our effective tax rates and associated compliance costs, and considering our eligibility to qualify for any relevant transition or safe harbor rules.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud, which could harm our business and result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement adequate controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, or to prevent the circumvention of our controls or fraud. For example, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our principal financial and accounting officer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors is informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been taken to ensure compliance with SEC rules and Company policies and procedures, the existence of this relationship could create additional risk, or the perception of additional risk, that our controls and procedures may not be effective. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any testing conducted by our independent registered public accounting firm in connection with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements, or may identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Any failure to implement appropriate internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could harm our business and result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not applicable.
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Risk Management and Strategy
50
Our information security function is led by our Vice President, Cybersecurity (our Information Security Team), and is supported by our Chief Technology Officer, our Chief Legal, Privacy and Compliance Officer and legal department, our Chief Information Officer, and our cybersecurity incident management team. Our Information Security Team is tasked with identifying, assessing and managing our cybersecurity threats and risks. It identifies and assesses risks from cybersecurity threats by monitoring and evaluating our threat environment and our risk profile using various methods including: the use of manual and automated tools, subscribing to reports and services that identify cybersecurity threats, analyzing reports of threats and actors, conducting scans of the threat environment, evaluating our and our industry’s risk profile, evaluating threats reported to us, conducting risk assessments, coordinating with law enforcement concerning threats, conducting internal and external audits and threat assessments for internal and external threats, obtaining third party threat assessments, conducting vulnerability assessments to identify vulnerabilities, and tabletop incident response exercises.
Depending on the environment and system, we implement and maintain various technical, physical, and organizational measures, processes, standards and policies designed to manage and mitigate material risks from cybersecurity threats to our Information Systems and Data, including an incident response policy, vulnerability management policy, disaster recovery and business continuity plan, vendor risk management program, programs for incident detection and response, encrypting certain data, network security controls, data segregation, asset management tracking and disposal, penetration testing, employee training, access controls, physical security controls, systems monitoring, a dedicated cybersecurity officer; and cybersecurity insurance.
Our assessment and management of material risks from cybersecurity threats are integrated into our overall risk management processes. For example, the Information Security Team works with other members of management to prioritize our risk management processes and mitigate cybersecurity threats that are more likely to lead to a material impact to our business. Additionally, our senior management evaluates material risks from cybersecurity threats against our overall business objectives and reports to the Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Oversight Subcommittee (the Privacy and Security Subcommittee) of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, as well as our Board of Directors, the latter of which evaluates our overall enterprise risk.
Governance
Our cybersecurity management processes are implemented and maintained by our Information Security Team, in consultation with members of our cybersecurity incident management team. Our cybersecurity incident management team is led by our Vice President, Cybersecurity and includes our Chief Human Resources Officer, Vice President, Privacy, senior personnel from our legal, finance, and relevant business departments (the Incident Management Team). Our Vice President, Cybersecurity brings extensive experience in software development, IT, and cyber security, gained in over two decades in the telecommunications, financial services, defense, and healthcare sectors. Notably, he spent four years at a medical device company focused on insulin delivery, where he successfully established the product security program and played a pivotal role in obtaining clearance for its flagship product line.
51
As the leader of our Information Security Team, our Vice President, Cybersecurity, is responsible for hiring appropriate personnel, helping to integrate cybersecurity risk considerations into our overall risk management strategy, communicating key priorities to relevant personnel, requesting and allocating budgets, helping prepare for cybersecurity incidents, approving cybersecurity processes, and reviewing security assessments and other security-related reports.
Our cybersecurity incident response policy and security incident handling procedure are designed to escalate certain cybersecurity incidents to members of management who are part of the Incident Management Team. The Incident Management Team works to help mitigate and remediate cybersecurity incidents of which they are notified. In addition, the cybersecurity incident response policy and security incident handling procedure include escalating certain cybersecurity incidents to our disclosure committee and, if appropriate, to the Privacy and Security Subcommittee.
Item 2. Properties.
Our corporate headquarters and principal offices are located at a 181,949 square foot facility we lease in San Diego, California. The lease expires in April 2035; however, we have two options to extend the lease for additional five-year periods as well as a right of first offer with respect to an additional 16,154 square feet of general office space should the space become available. We lease additional office space in San Diego, California, Irvine, California, Saint-Sulpice, Switzerland and Markham, Ontario, Canada.
We believe that the facilities that we presently occupy will be sufficient to support our current operations and that suitable additional facilities would be available to us should our operations require it.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
Except as set forth under the caption “Commitments and Contingencies - Legal and Regulatory Matters” in Part II, Item 8, Subsection 13 of this Annual Report, there are no material pending legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or of which any of our property is subject. See also “Patent litigation in the medical device industry is common, and we may be subject to litigation that could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert the attention of management from our business” in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
52
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
Market Information
Our common stock has been trading on the Nasdaq Global Market since November 14, 2013 under the symbol “TNDM.”
Holders of Record
As of February 16, 2025, there were approximately 41 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of common stockholders is greater than the number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Stock Performance Graph
This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
The following graph illustrates a comparison of the cumulative total stockholder return (change in stock price plus reinvested dividends) of our common stock with (i) The Nasdaq Composite Index, (ii) The Nasdaq Health Care Index, and (iii) the Russell 3000 Index. The graph assumes a $100 investment, on December 31, 2019, in (i) our common stock, (ii) the securities comprising the Nasdaq Composite Index, (iii) the securities comprising the Nasdaq Health Care Index, and (iv) the securities in the Russell 3000 Index.
| 12/31/2019 | 12/31/2020 | 12/31/2021 | 12/31/2022 | 12/31/2023 | 12/31/2024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | $ | 100.00 | $ | 160.51 | $ | 252.51 | $ | 75.41 | $ | 49.62 | $ | 60.43 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| NASDAQ Composite | $ | 100.00 | $ | 143.64 | $ | 174.36 | $ | 116.65 | $ | 167.30 | $ | 215.22 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| NASDAQ Health Care | $ | 100.00 | $ | 130.04 | $ | 125.43 | $ | 99.81 | $ | 106.34 | $ | 105.42 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Russell 3000 | $ | 100.00 | $ | 118.82 | $ | 147.35 | $ | 117.17 | $ | 145.24 | $ | 177.38 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
53
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors.
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities
None.
Repurchases of Equity Securities
None.
Item 6. [Reserved]
54
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with the “Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements, which statements are subject to considerable risks and uncertainties. For additional information, see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the beginning of this Annual Report.
A discussion of changes in our results of operations during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared with the year ended December 31, 2022 has been omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K but may be found in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC on February 21, 2024, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference and which is available free of charge on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Overview
We are a global insulin delivery and diabetes technology company focused on the design, development and commercialization of technology solutions that reduce the burden of diabetes management. We consider our primary addressable market to be people who live with type 1 diabetes. We are seeking to expand our addressable market to include people living with type 2 diabetes who require intensive insulin therapy. Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. Our goal is to address the individual needs of people with insulin-dependent diabetes and their care team, by offering flexibility and choice in intelligent insulin delivery systems, through an accessible portfolio of market-leading pumps, applications, and insights.
From inception in 2012 through 2018, we derived nearly all of our sales from the shipment of insulin pumps and associated supplies to customers in the United States. Starting in the third quarter of 2018, we began selling in select geographies outside the United States and our technology solutions are now available in 25 countries worldwide.
Through our portfolio approach, we offer people living with diabetes a choice in their therapy management system based on their individual needs and preferences. In support of this strategy, we recently expanded our portfolio which now includes both the t:slim X2 and the Tandem Mobi insulin pumps. The Tandem Mobi insulin pump is the world’s smallest durable automated insulin delivery (AID) system. At approximately half the size of our t:slim X2 pump, Tandem Mobi is designed for people who seek even greater discretion and flexibility, and includes features such as expanded pump-control from our iOS mobile application, inductive charging, and an on-pump button that can be used for bolusing and other actions. Beginning in early 2024, we scaled the commercial release of Tandem Mobi in the United States, first offering CGM integration with the Dexcom G6 sensor beginning in February followed by the Dexcom G7 beginning in June.
The vast majority of our customers use their insulin pump with CGM integration. This allows their insulin pump to receive CGM sensor readings, which can then be used in our AID algorithms, including our Control-IQ technology. Control-IQ is an advanced hybrid-closed loop feature designed to help increase a user’s time in their targeted glycemic range. Multiple studies, including three publications in the New England Journal of Medicine, have demonstrated that use of Control-IQ technology provides people across all demographics with improved clinical outcomes that are both immediate and sustained.
The t:slim X2 was the first pump in the industry on which remote software updates were made commercially available in the United States and is now also available in the countries we serve worldwide. This feature allows our t:slim X2 and Tandem Mobi customers to update their pump software independently. We believe this offering is a competitive advantage that allows us to bring our customers clinical and lifestyle enhancements within their warranty cycle without having to purchase a new pump. These enhancements include new developments in our AID technology, CGM integrations and mobile app features. For example, in 2024 we offered pump software updates to allow Tandem pump users access to integration with new CGM sensors.
For more than a decade we have offered our customers, their caregivers and healthcare providers a data management application to provide a fast, easy and visual way to display diabetes therapy management data from our pumps and integrated CGMs. In the second quarter of 2023, we expanded our digital technology solutions with the launch of Tandem Source in the United States. In addition to displaying diabetes therapy management data, Tandem Source is also designed to serve as a portal for supplies reordering and pump software updates. In the second quarter of 2024, we began a scaled launch of Tandem Source outside the United States.
Our Strategy & Future Technology
Diabetes management can vary greatly from person-to-person, creating multiple market segments based on clinical needs and personal preferences. Our goal is to redefine global leadership in insulin delivery with an accessible portfolio of transformational devices, applications and services that reduce the daily burden of living with diabetes.
55
In support of this strategy, our portfolio of future technologies includes enhancing the features and capabilities of our t:slim X2 and Tandem Mobi insulin pump platforms, including adding a tubeless infusion site option for Tandem Mobi users. Our development efforts also include Sigi, our ergonomic and rechargeable patch pump, in addition to extended wear infusion technology and algorithm advancement in pursuit of offering fully closed loop technology.
Trends and Uncertainties Impacting Financial Results
Our financial condition and operating results have historically fluctuated on a quarterly or annual basis. We expect these periodic fluctuations will continue to be impacted by a number of trends and uncertainties, including the following:
Regulatory Approvals and Actions
•Sales of new products are subject to local government regulations. The requirements and timelines to receive regulatory clearance can vary substantially from country to country and delays may impact our ability to expand our worldwide customer base and bring products to market in a competitive timeframe. These delays, or failure to receive regulatory approval could adversely impact our revenue and results of operations.
•Any adverse event involving products that we distribute could result in future corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or regulatory agency action, which could include inspection, mandatory recall or other enforcement action. Any action by regulatory bodies against us, and any regulatory challenges we encounter could have a negative impact on our product sales and harm our reputation.
Markets, Seasonality, Competition, and Product Launches
•We expect our business to be impacted by the introduction of new diabetes devices and treatments by us or our competitors. The success of our products is variable and we believe it correlates to market acceptance, anticipated product launches and commercial availability.
•Seasonality in the United States is associated with annual insurance deductibles and coinsurance requirements of the medical insurance plans used by our customers and the customers of our distributors. In the United States, we typically experience a higher volume of pump shipments in the second half of the year due to the nature of the reimbursement environment. Other factors that may impact sales across the year include the timing of winter, summer and other seasonal holidays, particularly in our markets outside the United States.
•Regulatory approval and/or upcoming launches of other new Tandem or competing products could also adversely impact timing of purchasing decisions.
•In periods following new product launches, particularly with new hardware platforms, our cost of sales may increase on a per unit basis until the new products achieve manufacturing scale and operating expenses may be elevated by increased sales and marketing spend to support the product launches. For example, we began operations of a European distribution center which led to a reduction of inventory levels at our distributors, significantly impacting sales patterns in the second half of 2022 and first half of 2023.
Reimbursement
•Our insulin pump products are generally considered durable medical equipment (DME) and have an expected lifespan of at least four years. In addition to insulin pumps, we sell single-use products that are used together with our pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body. Because of the DME classification, our pumps and supplies are typically reimbursed through a medical benefit. As our portfolio expands, we are implementing a multi-channel managed care strategy and have begun serving Mobi customers through the pharmacy channel on a scaled basis in 2025.
•We generally have had broad insurance coverage for our current products from third-party payors. Our revenue and results of operations may be impacted by the failure to secure or retain adequate coverage, changes in reimbursement structures or availability of affordable options for our customers.
56
Macroeconomic Factors
•Global economic and market uncertainty, such as recessionary concerns, changes in discretionary spending and increased interest rates have impacted our customers’ purchasing decisions and the buying patterns of our distributors.
•High inflation, fluctuations in foreign currency valuations, uncertainty regarding tariffs and the effects of other macroeconomic factors and concerns has disrupted and may continue to disrupt our relationships with suppliers, third-party manufacturers, healthcare providers, distributors and our existing or potential customers.
Components of Results of Operations
Sales
We offer products for people with insulin-dependent diabetes, including a portfolio of hardware platforms, single-use insulin cartridges and infusion sets, data management platforms and mobile applications. Our primary customers are the end users of our products, non-exclusive distribution partners whose level of service varies based on geography, the healthcare professionals who prescribe our products and the healthcare systems or payors who provide insurance coverage and access to our products. Our sales may fluctuate from period to period, particularly due to seasonality in the United States associated with the timing of insurance deductible resets, which generally reflect in a significant decline in pump shipments from any fourth quarter to the following first quarter. Therefore, the lowest percentage of sales is typically reported in the first quarter of each calendar year and the highest percentage is typically reported in the fourth quarter. See also “Trends and Uncertainties Impacting Financial Results—”Markets, Seasonality, Competition, and Product Launches” above.
From September 2022 through February 2024, we offered the Tandem Choice program to eligible t:slim X2 customers to provide a pathway to ownership of our newest hardware platform, Tandem Mobi, for a fee once available. Eligible customers who purchased a t:slim X2 insulin pump during the program period had until December 31, 2024 to exercise the option to switch to the Tandem Mobi for a stated fee. The accounting treatment for Tandem Choice was complex (see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”). The program required the deferral of some portion of sales for shipments of eligible pumps between the third quarter of 2022 and the first quarter of 2024. No election was made by the customer at the time of the initial sale, nor did the right offered to the customer impact the economics associated with how or when the initial pump sale was reimbursed. When a customer elected to participate in Tandem Choice, we recognized the existing sales deferral, incremental fees received and the associated costs of goods sold for the new insulin pump, Tandem Mobi, at the time of fulfillment. Qualifying customers were able to elect participation in Tandem Choice starting near the end of the second quarter of 2024. The remaining deferral balance was recognized as revenue when the program ended on December 31, 2024.
Cost of Sales
Cost of sales includes raw materials, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses, product training costs, royalties, freight, reserves for expected warranty costs, costs of supporting our digital health platforms, scrap and charges for excess and obsolete inventories. Manufacturing overhead expenses include expenses relating to quality assurance, manufacturing engineering, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment, information technology and operations supervision and management. When taking into consideration the differences in reimbursement levels and cost structure, pumps have, and are expected to continue to have, a higher gross profit and gross margin percentage than our pump-related supplies on a per unit basis. Therefore, the percentage of pump sales relative to total sales could have a significant impact on our overall gross margin percentage.
Selling, General and Administrative
Our selling, general and administrative (SG&A) expenses primarily consist of salary, cash-based incentive compensation, fringe benefits and non-cash stock-based compensation for our sales, marketing and administrative functions, which also includes our clinical, customer support, technical services, insurance verification and regulatory affairs personnel. Our sales territories in the United States are generally maintained by sales representatives and field clinical specialists, and supported by managed care liaisons, additional sales management and other customer support personnel. Other significant SG&A expenses typically include those incurred for commercialization activities associated with new product launches, travel, trade shows, outside legal fees, independent auditor fees, outside consultant fees, insurance premiums, facilities costs and information technology costs.
57
Research and Development
Our research and development (R&D) activities primarily consist of engineering and research programs associated with our hardware, software and digital health products under development, as well as activities associated with our core technologies and processes. R&D expenses are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, cash-based incentive compensation, fringe benefits and non-cash stock-based compensation. We also incur R&D expenses for supplies, development prototypes, outside design and testing services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trials, payments under our licensing, development and commercialization agreements and other indirect costs.
Acquired In-process Research and Development (IPR&D)
Acquired IPR&D reflects costs of external research and development projects acquired directly in a transaction other than a business combination, that do not have an alternative future use.
Other Income and Expense
Other income and expense primarily consists of interest earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments, income or loss from equity method investments, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and interest expense which includes the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our convertible senior notes.
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)
Because the Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, income tax expense is expected to primarily consist of current federal, state and foreign cash tax expense as a result of taxable income anticipated or incurred in those jurisdictions.
Results of Operations
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| (in thousands, except percentages) | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||
| Sales: | |||||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | 672,685 | $ | 554,878 | |||||||||||||
| Outside the United States | 267,518 | 192,840 | |||||||||||||||
| Total sales | 940,203 | 747,718 | |||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | 450,629 | 380,028 | |||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | 489,574 | 367,690 | |||||||||||||||
| Gross margin | 52 | % | 49 | % | |||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | 389,824 | 352,503 | |||||||||||||||
| Research and development | 198,877 | 169,667 | |||||||||||||||
| Acquired in-process research and development | — | 78,750 | |||||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | 588,701 | 600,920 | |||||||||||||||
Operating loss | (99,127) | (233,230) | |||||||||||||||
| Other income (expense), net: | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest income and other, net | 17,993 | 22,858 | |||||||||||||||
| Interest expense | (7,415) | (9,882) | |||||||||||||||
Loss from equity method investment | (2,053) | — | |||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt | (1,268) | — | |||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of common stock warrants | — | — | |||||||||||||||
| Total other income (expense), net | 7,257 | 12,976 | |||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before income taxes | (91,870) | (220,254) | |||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | 4,155 | 2,357 | |||||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (96,025) | $ | (222,611) | |||||||||||||
58
Pump Reimbursement Cycle
Insulin pumps in the markets we serve worldwide are generally subject to a four-year reimbursement cycle, imposed by the third-party insurance carrier, government plan or healthcare system that serves as the primary payor. At the end of the typical four-year reimbursement cycle, customers may be eligible to purchase a new insulin pump, subject to the rules and requirements of their primary insurance payor. While warranties generally expire four years from the original pump shipment date, those customers that renew take on average up to one year from date of warranty expiration to purchase a subsequent pump. While the majority of our insulin pump sales from initial commercialization through the current period have been generated by sales to new customers, the opportunity to make subsequent sales of renewal insulin pumps to existing customers increases each period as an escalating number of customer warranties expire. With programs dedicated to customer retention efforts, we expect such renewal purchases to represent an increasing portion of our pump shipments over time.
At December 31, 2024, we had over 480,000 users in our in-warranty installed base, approximately one-third of whom live outside the United States.
The ordering patterns of, and levels of inventory carried by, our distributors outside the United States for pumps and supplies have historically been highly variable from period to period due to a number of factors, including summer vacations, the timing of product launches, expansion into new geographies and variability due to supply chain logistics, particularly during the global pandemic. This also influences the timing in which renewal eligibility begins for existing customers, which may not initially be consistent with trends in the United States market. We recently began completing full four-year reimbursement cycles in an increasing number of our markets outside of the United States.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
Sales
For the year ended December 31, 2024, we shipped more than 120,000 pumps worldwide. Sales were $940.2 million, which included $267.5 million of sales outside the United States. For the year ended December 31, 2024, we recognized $30.2 million in net revenue from pump sales as the result of the conclusion of our Tandem Choice program which launched in the United States in the third quarter of 2022 and ended in 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2023, sales were $747.7 million, which included $192.8 million of sales outside the United States, and deferral of $25.1 million of pump sales as a result of Tandem Choice.
Sales by product in the United States were as follows (dollars in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||||||||||
Sales: | |||||||||||||||||
| Pump | $ | 328,625 | $ | 289,546 | 13% | ||||||||||||
| Supplies and other | 313,811 | 290,439 | 8% | ||||||||||||||
Net revenue recognized (deferred) for Tandem Choice program | 30,249 | (25,107) | 220% | ||||||||||||||
| Total Sales in the United States | $ | 672,685 | $ | 554,878 | 21% | ||||||||||||
59
Pump sales in the United States were $328.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to $289.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our pump shipments in the United States increased approximately 10% to nearly 81,000 pumps compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. We also benefited from higher average selling prices across all product lines, driven by price increases and favorable customer mix, as we continue to shift a higher percent of sales from distribution to our direct channel. Sales to distributors accounted for 61% and 64% of our total sales in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales of pump-related supplies increased primarily due to a year-over-year increase in our installed base of customers in the United States, as well as an increase in average selling prices. We also recognized $30.2 million in net revenue from pump sales due to the conclusion of Tandem Choice during the year ended December 31, 2024. Sales in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2023 were reduced by $25.1 million in sales deferrals related to Tandem Choice.
Sales by product outside the United States were as follows (dollars in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | % Change | |||||||||||||||
Sales: | |||||||||||||||||
Pump, net of rebates | 105,544 | 76,296 | 38% | ||||||||||||||
| Supplies and other | 161,974 | 116,544 | 39% | ||||||||||||||
| Total Sales Outside the United States | $ | 267,518 | $ | 192,840 | 39% | ||||||||||||
Pump sales, net of rebates, outside the United States were $105.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $76.3 million in the prior year. Our pump shipments outside the United States increased by 30% to nearly 40,000 pumps for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Pump sales outside the United States in 2023 included a reduction of $8.5 million for the establishment of the new rebate structure implemented in a single market. Sales of pump-related supplies increased due to a year-over-year increase in our installed base of customers outside the United States. In addition, for the year ended December 31, 2024, we recorded a reduction to sales of $1.5 million due to sales rebates outside of the United States.
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit
Our cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $450.6 million, resulting in gross profit of $489.6 million, compared to cost of sales of $380.0 million and gross profit of $367.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The gross margin for 2024 was 52%, compared to 49% in 2023.
The increase in our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2024 was primarily the result of the $192.5 million increase in total sales, driven by higher pump shipments, the impact of the conclusion of the Tandem Choice program and the greater impact of the sales rebate structure outside the United States in 2023 compared to 2024. Additionally, we recognized charges to cost of sales of $1.3 million for Tandem Choice fulfillments in 2024, with no corresponding charge in 2023. The net effect of the Tandem Choice adjustments increased gross margin by approximately one percentage point in 2024 and decreased gross margin by approximately two percentage points in 2023. The new rebate structure negatively impacted gross margin by nearly one percentage point in 2023.
Excluding the impact of Tandem Choice and the sales rebate outside the United States, gross margin benefited from pricing improvement across all product lines and lower pump materials cost, offset by higher labor, overhead and non-manufacturing costs on a per-unit basis as we continued to scale the launch of Tandem Mobi. Gross margin was positively impacted by product mix. Pump sales, which have the highest gross margin, were 49% of total worldwide sales, excluding the impact of Tandem Choice in 2024, compared to 46% in 2023.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $588.7 million, compared to $600.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 11% to $389.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $352.5 million for the same period in 2023. Employee-related expenses for our SG&A functions comprised the majority of our SG&A expenses, which increased $33.6 million due to continued support services for our growing installed customer base. Excluding certain non-recurring facilities consolidations costs of $14.1 million from 2023, we experienced a $17.9 million increase in other non-employee discretionary spending, primarily attributable to outside consulting, outside services, and supplies.
60
Research and Development Expenses. R&D expenses increased 17% to $198.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, from $169.7 million for the same period in 2023. The increase in R&D expenses was primarily the result of a $20.3 million increase in salaries and related benefits due to our acquisitions, as well as an increase in personnel to support our product development efforts. We also experienced an $8.5 million increase in other non-employee discretionary spending, including outside services and consulting, clinical trial expenses, and equipment costs attributable to R&D.
Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expenses. Acquired IPR&D expenses of $78.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, pertained to our 2023 acquisition of AMF Medical (see Note 12, “Acquisitions”).
Other Income (Expense), Net
Total other income, net for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $7.3 million, compared to $13.0 million in 2023. Other income, net for 2024 primarily consisted of $22.1 million of interest income earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments, offset by $7.4 million of interest expense, $2.1 million in losses attributable to equity method investments, $2.0 million loss on impairment of strategic investment, $2.0 million in foreign currency transaction losses, and $1.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt. Other income, net for 2023 consisted primarily of $21.2 million of interest income earned on our cash equivalents and short-term investments, and $1.5 million in foreign currency transaction gains, partially offset by $9.9 million of interest expense which included $3.3 million of additional interest as discussed above and the amortization of debt issuance costs related to our Convertible Senior Notes.
Income Tax Expense
We recognized income tax expense of $4.2 million on a pre-tax loss of $91.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to income tax expense of $2.4 million on a pre-tax loss of $220.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 was primarily attributable to federal, state and foreign income tax expense as a result of current taxable income in certain jurisdictions.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
At December 31, 2024, we had $438.3 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and future cash flows from operations will be sufficient to fund our ongoing core business activities for at least the next 12 months.
Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as research and development activities, sales, marketing and commercialization of our products worldwide, expansion of clinical and customer support organizations, the acquisition of intellectual property, equity investments and acquired assets, capital expenditures and debt service costs.
Historically, our principal sources of cash have included cash collected from product sales, private and public offerings of equity securities, exercises of employee stock awards and debt financing. We expect to rely on these sources of cash, primarily from product sales, to fund our material cash requirements in both the short and long term.
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022 (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
| Net cash provided by (used in): | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating activities | $ | 24,225 | $ | (31,810) | $ | 50,464 | |||||||||||
| Investing activities | (23,482) | (85,740) | 33,168 | ||||||||||||||
| Financing activities | 8,367 | 4,113 | 16,877 | ||||||||||||||
| Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash | 1,256 | (212) | 827 | ||||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | $ | 10,366 | $ | (113,649) | $ | 101,336 | |||||||||||
61
Operating activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $24.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to net cash used in operating activities of $31.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for 2024 compared to 2023 was primarily a result of the $128.8 million decrease in net loss, offset by a decrease of $76.5 million net non-cash adjustments. Net non-cash adjustments in 2023 were primarily related to acquired in-process research and development expenses, operating lease termination and impairment charges and stock-based compensation expense. In addition, there was a net decrease of $3.7 million in changes of working capital balances. Changes of working capital balances primarily consisted of decreases in deferred revenue, current liabilities and inventories, offset by increases to accounts receivable.
Investing activities. Net cash used in investing activities was $23.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which primarily consisted of $46.4 million cash paid for investments in equity method investees, $19.2 million in purchases of property and equipment, offset by $42.2 million provided by short-term investments activity as proceeds from maturities and redemptions exceeded purchases. Net cash used in investing activities was $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which primarily consisted of $69.5 million cash paid for the acquisition of AMF Medical, including transaction costs (see Note 12, “Acquisitions”), $26.8 million in purchases of property and equipment, and $24.8 million cash paid for purchases of intangible assets and strategic investments, offset by $35.4 million provided by short-term investments activity.
Financing activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, which primarily consisted of net proceeds of $306.9 million from the issuance of the 2029 Notes which was partially offset by $246.1 million used in the repurchase of 2025 Notes, $30.0 million used in the repurchase and retirement of common stock and $15.8 million used to purchase Capped Call Options related to the 2029 Notes. In addition, $6.7 million was used in payments for tax withholdings related to the issuance of common stock under our stock plans, net of proceeds received from common stock issuances for the period. Net cash provided by financing activities was $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2023, which primarily consisted of proceeds from the issuance of common stock under our stock plans, net of payments for related tax withholdings.
Our liquidity position and capital requirements are subject to fluctuation based on a number of factors. In particular, our cash inflows and outflows are principally impacted by the following:
•our ability to generate sales, the timing of those sales, the mix of products sold and the collection of receivables from period to period;
•contractual debt obligations, including periodic interest payments;
•the timing of any additional financings, and the net proceeds raised from such financings;
•the timing and amount of proceeds from the issuance of equity awards pursuant to employee stock plans;
•fluctuations in gross and operating margins; and
•fluctuations in working capital, including changes in accounts receivable, inventories, accounts payable, employee-related liabilities, and operating lease liabilities.
Both our primary short-term and long-term capital needs are expected to include expenditures related to:
•support of our commercialization efforts related to our current and future products;
•expansion of our commercial resources for our growing installed customer base;
•research and product development efforts, including clinical trial costs;
•acquisitions, including strategic investments, equity method investments and future contingent payments associated with acquisitions;
•leasing or licensing of equipment, technology, intellectual property and other assets;
•additional facilities leases and related tenant improvements;
62
•investments for the development, improvement and acquisition of manufacturing, testing and packaging equipment to support business growth and increase capacity;
•payments under licensing, development and commercialization agreements; and
•integration costs related to acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies.
Indebtedness
Convertible Senior Notes
In March 2024, we completed an offering of $316.3 million aggregate principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the 2029 Notes). The proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes were $306.8 million, net of debt issuance costs and cash used to pay the cost of certain capped call transactions (see Note 7, “Debt”). The Company used approximately $246.1 million of the net proceeds to repurchase approximately $246.7 million in aggregate principal amount of its Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 (the 2025 Notes) concurrently with the pricing of the 2029 Notes. The 2029 Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year beginning on September 15, 2024, at a rate of 1.50% per year. The 2029 Notes mature on March 15, 2029 unless repurchased, redeemed, or converted in accordance with their terms prior to the maturity date.
In May 2020, we entered into a purchase agreement with certain counterparties for the sale of an aggregate of $287.5 million principal amount of 1.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2025. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were $244.6 million, net of debt issuance costs and cash used to pay the cost of the Capped Call Transactions (see Note 7, “Debt”).
Cash payments due by calendar year for our Convertible Senior Notes at December 31, 2024, are as follows (in thousands):
Total | 2025 | 2026 | 2027 | 2028 | 2029 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Principal amount(1): | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 | $ | 40,760 | $ | 40,760 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2029 | 316,250 | — | — | — | — | 316,250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total principal amount | 357,010 | 40,760 | — | — | — | 316,250 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual interest | 20,270 | 5,050 | 4,744 | 4,744 | 4,744 | 988 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | $ | 377,280 | $ | 45,810 | $ | 4,744 | $ | 4,744 | $ | 4,744 | $ | 317,238 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) The convertible senior notes may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election.
We may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt, including the Notes, through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, and other factors. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material.
Promissory Note Payable
In connection with our acquisition of Capillary Biomedical, Inc. (see Note 12, “Acquisitions”), we assumed a $4.7 million promissory note payable. The promissory note accrues interest at the rate of 5% per year, and becomes due and payable upon the first sale or license of the commercialized product. At December 31, 2024, $4.8 million was included as a component of other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about our financial condition and results of operations that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates.
63
While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Warranty Reserve
We generally provide a four-year assurance type warranty on our insulin pumps to end user customers and may replace any pumps that do not function as intended in accordance with the product specifications within the warranty period. Insulin pumps returned to us may be refurbished and redeployed. We establish the warranty reserve liability when control of the pump is transferred to the customer, and we reevaluate our estimate of the warranty obligation at each reporting period. Warranty costs are estimated primarily based on the current expected product replacement cost and expected replacement rates utilizing historical experience. Experience has shown that initial data for any new pump version or pump platform may be insufficient. Therefore, our process relies on long-term historical replacement data from existing platforms until sufficient data is available. As actual experience accumulates, we adjust the warranty reserve estimate accordingly. In addition, the availability of replacement data may differ by country due to local compliance and privacy regulations, which may require us to estimate the warranty liability using available information or data from similar markets. Changes to the actual replacement rates or the expected product replacement cost could cause a material increase or decrease to our estimated warranty reserve and related cost of goods sold. We may make further adjustments to the warranty reserve when appropriate, considering revised expectations of product performance based on enhanced hardware, or new features and capabilities that may become available through Tandem Device Updater.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments, which present a significant level of estimation uncertainty and that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about our financial condition and results of operations that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates and have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Contractual Obligations & Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Contractual Obligations
Operating Lease Obligations
We lease general office space, laboratory, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment under noncancelable operating leases for use in our operations. For a description of our contractual obligations related to leases at December 31, 2024, see Note 6 “Leases” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Purchase Order Commitments
We have agreements with suppliers and other parties to purchase inventory, other goods and services and long-lived assets. For a description of our contractual obligations related to purchase order commitments at December 31, 2024, see Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report.
Acquisition-related Contingent Consideration
In connection with our acquisition of AMF Medical SA completed in January of 2023, the total consideration included cash paid at the closing of the transaction and additional contingent earnout payments (see Note 12, “Acquisitions” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report for additional information).
Standby Letter of Credit
As of December 31, 2024, we were party to a standby letter of credit arrangement in support of certain operating lease obligations (See Note 13 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report).
64
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
Credit and Interest Rate Risks
We invest our excess cash in marketable securities consisting primarily of U.S. Treasury securities, U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise securities, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. Some of the financial instruments in which we invest subject us to market risk, in that a change in prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the instrument to fluctuate. Other financial instruments in which we invest subject us to credit risk, in that the value of the instrument may fluctuate based on the issuer’s ability to pay. Credit rating agencies have, from time to time, issued downgrades or revised outlooks to negative for certain issuers of the debt securities held in our short-term investment portfolio. We review our portfolio of available-for-sale debt securities quarterly to determine if any investment is impaired due to changes in credit risk or other potential valuation concerns. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities at December 31, 2024 were primarily due to an increase in market interest rates after certain debt securities were purchased. Based on the credit quality of the available-for-sale debt securities in an unrealized loss position, and our current estimates of future cash flows to be collected from those securities, we believe the unrealized losses were not credit losses (see Note 3, “Short-Term Investments”).
The primary objectives of our investment activities are to maintain liquidity and preserve principal while maximizing the income we receive from our financial instruments without significantly increasing risk. We have established guidelines regarding approved investments and maturities of investments, which are primarily designed to maintain liquidity and preserve principal.
Because of the short-term maturities of our financial instruments, we do not believe that an increase or decrease in market interest rates would have a significant impact on the realized value of our investment portfolio. A hypothetical 100 basis-point (one percentage point) increase or decrease in interest rates compared to actual rates at December 31, 2024, would have affected the estimated fair value of our investments portfolio by approximately $3.4 million.
In March 2024, we issued $316.3 million principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes, due in 2029, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.50% per year. In May 2020, we issued $287.5 million principal amount of Convertible Senior Notes, which bear interest at a fixed rate of 1.50% per year, of which $40.8 million principal amount remained outstanding as of December 31, 2024. Accordingly, we are not subject to interest rate risk related to the Convertible Senior Notes (see Note 7, “Debt”).
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
Our operations are primarily located in the United States. In addition, we have a sales and marketing office in Canada, a distribution center in the Netherlands and, beginning in 2023, a research and development facility in Switzerland associated with the acquisition of AMF Medical. Our sales to customers in the United States are made in U.S. dollars. Sales from our distribution center in the Netherlands are made to independent distributors under agreements denominated in Euros, and our sales in Canada are denominated in Canadian dollars. Approximately 28% of our revenue was denominated in foreign currencies for the year ended December 31, 2024. In addition, we purchase certain inventory from a third-party contract manufacturer located in Mexico. We believe our exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations is primarily related to our operations in Europe and Canada, and acquisition related contingent earnout payments (see Note 12, “Acquisitions”), where fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the local currency could adversely affect our financial results, including income and losses as well as assets and liabilities.
As we expand and further develop our operations in markets outside the United States, particularly in Europe, we will be exposed to additional foreign currency exchange rate risk. In addition, from time to time, we have foreign currency exchange risk related to existing assets and liabilities, certain inventory purchase agreements, other committed transactions and forecasted future cash flows. In certain circumstances, we may seek to manage such foreign currency exchange risk by using derivative instruments such as foreign currency exchange forward contracts to hedge our risk. However, we may choose not to hedge some exposures for a variety of reasons, including prohibitive economic costs.
65
Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm are included in this report as listed in the index.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
66
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated February 26, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
67
| Warranty reserve – estimation of expected replacement rates | |||||
| Description of the Matter | As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has a warranty reserve of $51.4 million. The Company accrues for costs related to the warranty reserve liability at the time of shipment. Warranty costs are estimated primarily based on the expected replacement rates utilizing historical experience. Auditing management’s expected replacement rates on pumps was complex as it required a significant level of effort due to the amount of data utilized in determining the expected replacement rates. Management’s estimate considers historical claims experience and the assumption of historical data predictive of future activity and events. It is possible that the future replacement rates may not be reflective of historical product replacement rates and changes in this assumption could have a material impact on the Company’s estimated reserve. | ||||
| How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit | We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the warranty reserve process. Specifically, we tested controls over management's review and calculation of the expected replacement rates, including controls over the accuracy and completeness of data used. To test the Company’s expected replacement rates, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the calculation. We involved our data science professionals to evaluate the methodologies and assumptions and test the calculations used by the Company. We recalculated the warranty expected replacement rates using historical data. We performed sensitivity analyses of the expected replacement rates assumption to evaluate the impact of changes in the warranty reserve. | ||||
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2009.
February 26, 2025
68
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except par value)
| December 31, | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Current assets: | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Short-term investments | |||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | |||||||||||||||||
| Inventories | |||||||||||||||||
| Prepaid and other current assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Total current assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Property and equipment, net | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | |||||||||||||||||
Equity method investments | |||||||||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | |||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity | |||||||||||||||||
| Current liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Accounts payable | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Accrued expenses | |||||||||||||||||
| Employee-related liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
Current portion of convertible senior notes, net | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred revenue | |||||||||||||||||
| Other current liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Total current liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes, net - long-term | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease liabilities - long-term | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred revenue - long-term | |||||||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Commitments and contingencies (Note 13) | |||||||||||||||||
| Stockholders’ equity: | |||||||||||||||||
Common stock, $ | |||||||||||||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | |||||||||||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Accumulated deficit | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Total stockholders’ equity | |||||||||||||||||
| Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
69
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(In thousands, except per share data)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Gross profit | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Acquired in-process research and development expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Operating loss | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other income (expense), net: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest income and other, net | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Interest expense | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss from equity method investments | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Loss on extinguishment of debt | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Change in fair value of common stock warrants | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total other income (expense), net | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss before income taxes | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Income tax expense | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Other comprehensive income (loss): | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain (loss) on short-term investments | $ | ( | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation gains (losses) | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Comprehensive loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss per share - basic and diluted | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
70
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)
| Common Stock | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Additional Paid-in Capital | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) | Accumulated Deficit | Total Stockholders’ Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2021 | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of stock options | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Vesting of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for taxes | — | ( | — | — | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of common stock warrants | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unrealized loss on short-term investments | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Foreign currency translation gains | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of stock options | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Vesting of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for taxes | — | ( | — | — | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized gain on short-term investments | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation losses | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock repurchases and retirement of shares | ( | ( | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercise of stock options | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Vesting of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for taxes | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of common stock under Employee Stock Purchase Plan | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchase of capped call options related to convertible notes due 2029 | — | — | ( | — | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unwind of capped call options related to convertible notes due 2025 | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized loss on short-term investments | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation losses | — | — | — | ( | — | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | — | — | — | — | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
71
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
| Operating Activities | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Depreciation and amortization expense | |||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs | |||||||||||||||||
| Provision for expected credit losses | |||||||||||||||||
Operating lease termination and other impairment charges | |||||||||||||||||
Accretion (amortization) of discount or premium on short-term investments | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Losses from equity method investee | |||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation expense | |||||||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt | |||||||||||||||||
| Acquired in-process research and development expenses | |||||||||||||||||
| Other | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | |||||||||||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Inventories | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Prepaid and other current assets | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Other long-term assets | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
Accounts payable and accrued expenses | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
Accrued expenses | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Employee-related liabilities | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Deferred revenue | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Operating leases and other current liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Investing Activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of short-term investments | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Proceeds from maturities and redemptions of short-term investments | |||||||||||||||||
| Purchases of property and equipment | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
Acquisitions, including in-process research and development, net of cash acquired | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
Purchases of equity investments, strategic investments, and intangible assets | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Financing Activities | |||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes due 2029, net of $ | |||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of $ | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Payment for capped call transactions related to convertible senior notes due 2029 | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase and retirement of common stock | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under Company stock plans, net of cash used to settle withholding taxes on vested restricted stock | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Other financing activities | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by financing activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Effect of foreign exchange rate changes on cash | ( | ||||||||||||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | |||||||||||||||||
| Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information | |||||||||||||||||
| Interest paid | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Income taxes paid | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities | |||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
72
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization and Basis of Presentation
The Company
Tandem Diabetes Care, a global insulin delivery and diabetes technology company, manufactures and sells advanced automated insulin delivery systems that reduce the burden of diabetes management, while creating new possibilities for patients, their loved ones and healthcare providers. Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. is incorporated in the state of Delaware. Unless the context requires otherwise, the terms the “Company” or “Tandem” refer to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., together with its wholly-owned subsidiaries.
The Company manufactures, sells, and supports insulin pump products that are designed to address the evolving needs and preferences of differentiated segments of the insulin-dependent diabetes market. The Company recently expanded its insulin pump portfolio, which now includes both the t:slim X2 and the Tandem Mobi. Both pumps feature Control-IQ technology, which is the Company’s advanced algorithm for managing insulin delivery, using information received from integrated continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) sensors. New software for the insulin pumps may be updated remotely by the individual users as new advancements become available and are compatible with other complementary digital health offerings, such as the mobile application and cloud-based diabetes management applications. The Company’s insulin pump systems products are generally considered durable medical equipment and have an expected lifespan of at least four years . In addition to insulin pumps, the Company sells single-use components that are used together with the pumps and are replaced every few days, including cartridges for storing and delivering insulin, and infusion sets that connect the insulin pump to a user’s body.
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. The statements include the accounts of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their respective local currency. The Company translates the financial statements of its foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and average exchange rates for each period for revenue, costs and expenses. Translation related adjustments are included in other comprehensive income (loss), and in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Foreign exchange gains or losses resulting from balances denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are recognized in interest income and other, net in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
There have been no material changes to the Company’s significant accounting policies during the year ended December 31, 2024, except for adding the accounting policy for equity method investments, which is included herein.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex, and therefore, actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from the date of purchase and that can be liquidated without prior notice or penalty to be cash equivalents.
73
Short-Term Investments
The Company’s short-term investments are classified as available-for-sale securities. Such securities are carried at fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The Company’s short-term investments consist of Level 1 and Level 2 financial instruments in the fair value hierarchy. The net unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities that are not related to credit factors are reported as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) within the statements of operations and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a separate component of stockholders’ equity on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company determines realized gains or losses on the sale of available-for-sale securities using the specific identification method and includes net realized gains and losses as a component of other income or expense within the consolidated statements of operations.
The Company reviews its available-for-sale debt securities for credit losses quarterly, considering a variety of factors, including the significance of the decline in value as compared to the amortized cost basis; underlying factors contributing to a decline in the prices of securities in a single asset class; the security’s relative performance versus its peers, sector or asset class; the market and economy in general; views of external investment managers; news or financial information that has been released specific to the investee; and the outlook for the overall industry in which the investee operates. Losses on available-for-sale debt securities as a result of credit factors are recognized by recording an impairment loss as a component of other income or expense within the consolidated statements of operations and a corresponding allowance for credit losses. The Company has not recognized any impairment losses related to its short-term investments during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022.
Accounts Receivable
The Company grants credit to various customers in the ordinary course of business and is paid directly by customers who use its products, distributors and third-party insurance payors. The Company maintains an allowance for its current estimate of expected credit losses. Provisions for expected credit losses are estimated based on historical experience, assessment of specific customer-related risks, review of outstanding invoices, forecasts about the future, and various other assumptions and estimates that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, including changes to credit risks as a result of recessionary concerns, changes in discretionary spending, increased interest rates, and other macroeconomic factors. Uncollectible accounts are written off against the allowance after appropriate collection efforts have been exhausted and when it is deemed that a balance is uncollectible.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposit accounts in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. The Company also maintains investments in money market funds that are not federally insured. Additionally, the Company has established guidelines regarding investment instruments and their maturities, which are designed to maintain preservation of principal and liquidity.
The following table summarizes the percentages of total sales and accounts receivable, net for customers who accounted for 10% or more of the respective amounts for the periods presented:
| Total Sales | Accounts Receivable, net | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | 2024 | 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distributor A | % | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distributor B | * | * | * | * | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distributor C | * | * | * | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Distributor D | % | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
* Amount related to the respective customer represented less than 10% for the period presented.
74
Valuation of Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value, determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventory is recorded using standard cost, including material, labor and overhead costs. The Company periodically reviews inventories for potential impairment and adjusts inventory for potentially excess or obsolete goods to state inventories at their net realizable value. Factors influencing these adjustments include quantities on hand and firm purchase commitments, expectations of future use, judgments based on quality control testing data and assessments of the likelihood of scrapping or obsoleting certain inventories based on future demand for its products and market conditions.
Long-Lived Assets
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, which primarily consist of office furniture and equipment, manufacturing equipment, scientific equipment, computer equipment, and leasehold improvements, are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally to seven years , using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements and related equipment are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the remaining lease term, unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option that is reasonably certain to be exercised. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.
Operating Lease Right-of-Use Assets and Liabilities
Operating lease right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent its obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease right-of-use assets and liabilities are recognized when the Company takes possession of the leased property (Commencement Date) based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. For lease agreements that contain lease and non-lease components, the Company accounts for both of those components as a single lease component. Rent expense on noncancelable leases containing known future scheduled rent increases is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the respective leases beginning on the Commencement Date. The difference between rent expense and rent paid is accounted for as a component of operating lease right-of-use assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Landlord improvement allowances and other similar lease incentives are recorded as a reduction of the right-of-use leased assets, and are amortized on a straight-line basis as a reduction to operating lease costs.
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, right-of-use lease assets, and acquired intangible assets subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by that asset or asset group to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined using unobservable (Level 3) inputs, including discounted cash flow models, future estimated sublease income, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. There is uncertainty in the projected undiscounted future cash flows used in the Company’s impairment review analysis, which requires the use of estimates and assumptions. If actual performance does not achieve the projections, or if the assumptions used change in the future, the Company may be required to recognize additional impairment charges in future periods. Other than the impairment of operating lease right-of-use assets and related leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures recognized in 2023 and 2022 (see Note 6, “Leases”), there were no
75
Strategic Investments
The Company measures strategic investments at cost minus impairment, if any, adjusted for changes in observable prices. Strategic investments are reviewed, on an individual basis, for impairment whenever significant events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment might not be recoverable.
The Company held strategic equity investments totaling zero and $10.1 million in private investee companies at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. In November 2024, the Company invested an additional $46.4 million cash in one of its private company investees, resulting in a change to equity method accounting, described below. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company also recorded an impairment charge of $2.0 million related to one of its strategic investments in a private investee company. The Company did no
From November 2023 to June 2024, the company held a strategic investment balance of $22.2 million in the form of subordinated convertible notes of one private investee company. The subordinated notes were converted into equity of the private investee company at final maturity, which occurred in June 2024.
Equity Method Investments
The Company held equity method investments of $74.5 million at December 31, 2024. We use the equity method to account for investments in companies if our investment provides us with the ability to exercise significant influence but not control over the operating and financial policies of the investee. The Company assesses significant influence by considering various factors, including the nature and magnitude of the investment, voting rights held and participation in the governance of the investee, if any. The Company may also consider additional relevant factors, such as the presence of other business relationships.
In November 2024, the Company invested an additional $46.4 million cash in one of its private investee companies that was previously accounted for as a strategic investment at cost. As a result of the additional investment, the Company owned more than 20 % of the private investee company’s outstanding equity and held significant influence but not control over the private investee company’s activities. As a result, the investment was accounted for using the equity method following the November 2024 transaction date.
Our consolidated net loss included our Company’s proportionate share of the net loss of our equity method investee, which was a loss of $2.1 for the year ended December 31, 2024. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not hold any equity method investments and therefore did not recognize a share of net income or loss from any equity method investments.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue is generated primarily from sales of insulin pumps, single-use insulin cartridges and infusion sets to individual customers with third-party insurance coverage and through a network of distributors that resell the products to insulin-dependent diabetes customers. The Company recognizes revenue when it transfers control of the promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services, net of estimated rebates and returns.
76
Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Performance Obligations
The Company considers the individual deliverables in its product offerings to be separate performance obligations. The transaction price is determined based on the consideration expected to be received, based either on the stated value in contractual arrangements or the estimated cash to be collected in non-contracted arrangements. The Company allocates the consideration to the individual performance obligations and recognizes the consideration based on when the performance obligation is satisfied, considering whether or not this occurs at a point in time or over time. Generally, insulin pumps, cartridges, infusion sets, and accessories are deemed performance obligations that are satisfied at a point in time when the customer obtains control of the promised good, which typically is upon shipment for our distributor arrangements and upon receipt for sales directly to individual customers. Complementary products, such as the Company’s data management and software update platforms, are considered distinct performance obligations that are satisfied over time, as access and support for these products is provided throughout the typical four-year warranty period of the insulin pumps. Accordingly, revenue related to the complementary products is deferred and recognized over a four-year period. Where there is no standalone value for the complementary product, the Company determines its value by applying the expected cost plus a margin approach and then allocates the residual to the insulin pumps.
Revenue Recognition for Tandem Choice Program
In September 2022, the Company launched a technology access program referred to as Tandem Choice, that provided eligible, in-warranty t:slim X2 customers in the United States with the flexibility to obtain the newest hardware platform, Tandem Mobi, once commercially available. Participating customers had the right to purchase the alternative Tandem pump for a fee, referred to as a choice right. The Company determined that the program created a material right for which a portion of each t:slim X2 pump sales transaction price was allocated and deferred.
The Company determined that the ability for a customer to upgrade to a new technology represents a material right because the pricing inherent in such option provided the customer with a discount that is incremental to the range of discounts that would otherwise be granted for the related goods and services to comparable customers. The standalone selling price for the choice right was estimated based on the adjusted market assessment approach and contemplated the likelihood that the respective option will be exercised.
The Company began selling Tandem Mobi insulin pumps in the first quarter of 2024 and eligibility for the Tandem Choice program ended in February 2024. Consequently, the Company ceased allocating and deferring a portion of the transaction price for the material right for pumps sold after that date. Eligible customers who purchased a t:slim X2 insulin pump during the program period had until December 31, 2024 to exercise the option to switch to the Tandem Mobi for a stated fee.
The Company recognized the deferred sales when the obligations under the Tandem Choice program were satisfied. If a customer elected to participate in the program, the Company recognized upgrade fees received, and the associated cost of goods sold at the time of fulfillment. Substantially all of the remaining deferrals were recognized at program expiration on December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized net revenue of $30.2 million as a result of the Tandem Choice program.
Sales Rebates
The Company is subject to certain rebates on pricing programs with managed care organizations, such as governmental and third-party commercial payors. The Company estimates provisions for rebates based on contractual arrangements, estimates of products sold subject to rebate, known events or trends and channel inventory data. Estimated sales rebates included in other long-term liabilities have an estimated payment due date beyond twelve months from the balance sheet date. Accordingly, actual rebates paid may differ from estimated amounts recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, total estimated sales rebates were included in the following consolidated balance sheet accounts (in thousands):
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
Other current liabilities | $ | $ | |||||||||
Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||
Total sales rebate | $ | $ | |||||||||
77
Sales Returns
Warranty Reserve
The Company generally provides a four-year warranty on its insulin pumps to end-user customers and may replace any pumps that do not function as intended in accordance with the product specifications within the warranty period. In addition, the Company offers a six-month warranty on single-use insulin cartridges and infusion sets. Estimated warranty costs are recorded at the time of shipment, and the Company reevaluates the estimate of the warranty reserve obligation at each reporting period. Warranty costs are primarily estimated based on the current expected product replacement cost and expected replacement rates using historical experience. Returned insulin pumps may be refurbished and redeployed.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in product warranty liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of the period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for warranties issued during the period | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Settlements made during the period | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increases (decreases) in warranty estimates | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at end of the period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, total product warranty reserves were included in the following consolidated balance sheet accounts (in thousands):
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
| Other current liabilities | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Other long-term liabilities | |||||||||||
| Total warranty reserve | $ | $ | |||||||||
78
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. The Company estimates the fair value of stock options issued under the Company’s stock incentive plans, and the fair value of employee purchase rights under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the date of grant. The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires the use of assumptions about a number of variables, including stock price volatility, expected term, dividend yield and risk-free interest rate (see Note 8, “Stockholders’ Equity”). The fair value of restricted stock unit (RSU) awards issued under the Company’s stock incentive plans that vest solely based on service, is estimated based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. The fair value of RSU awards that vest based upon the Company’s actual performance relative to predefined performance metrics and the awardee’s continuing service through the measurement date is generally estimated based on the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant and the probability that the specified performance criteria will be met. At each reporting period, the Company reassesses the probability of the achievement of such performance metrics. Any expense change resulting from an adjustment in the estimated shares to be released is recorded in the period of adjustment.
Shipping and Handling Expenses
Shipping and handling expenses associated with product delivery are included within cost of sales in the Company’s statements of operations. Amounts billed to a customer for shipping and handling are reported as revenues.
Research and Development Costs
All research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Such costs include personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, supplies, license fees, development prototypes, outside design and testing services, depreciation, allocated facilities and information services, clinical trial costs, milestone payments under the Company’s licensing, development and commercialization agreements, and other indirect costs.
Acquired In-Process Research and Development Expenses
Acquired in-process research and development (IPR&D) expenses reflect the costs of externally developed IPR&D projects acquired directly in a transaction other than a business combination that do not have an alternative future use, including the initial costs of rights to IPR&D projects. The acquired IPR&D is expensed on acquisition date. Future costs to develop these IPR&D projects are recorded in research and development expenses on the consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets or liabilities are recognized based on the temporary differences between financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. Tax law and rate changes are reflected in income in the period such changes are enacted. A valuation allowance is recorded when it is more likely than not that some of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The evaluation of the need for a valuation allowance is performed on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis, and includes a review of all available positive and negative evidence. Factors reviewed include projections of pre-tax book income for the foreseeable future, determination of cumulative pre-tax book income after permanent differences, earnings history, and reliability of forecasting. The Company will continue to assess the need for a valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets by evaluating both positive and negative evidence that may exist. Any adjustment to the net deferred tax asset valuation allowance would be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the period that the adjustment is determined to be required.
79
The Company’s income tax returns are based on calculations and assumptions that are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. In addition, the calculation of the Company’s tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. While the Company believes it has appropriate support for the positions taken on its tax returns, the Company regularly assesses the potential outcomes of examinations by tax authorities in determining the adequacy of its provision for income taxes. The Company continually assesses the likelihood and amount of potential revisions and adjusts the income tax provision, income taxes payable and deferred taxes in the period in which the facts that give rise to a revision become known. The Company includes interest and penalties related to income taxes, including unrecognized tax benefits, within income tax expense.
Comprehensive Loss
All components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, are reported in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.
Net Loss Per Share
For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022, there was no difference in the weighted average number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share due to the Company’s net loss position in each period.
Potentially dilutive securities outstanding and not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share (because inclusion would be anti-dilutive) are as follows (in thousands, in common stock equivalent shares):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Options to purchase common stock | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Unvested restricted stock units | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Warrants to purchase common stock | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Awards granted under the ESPP | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Convertible senior notes (if-converted) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
80
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07 to improve the information that a public entity discloses about reportable segments and to address investor requests for more information about reportable segment expenses. The pronouncement requires a public entity to report a measure of segment profit or loss that the chief operating decision maker (CODM) uses to assess segment performance and make decisions about allocating resources. ASU 2023-07 also requires other specified segment items and amounts, such as depreciation, amortization, and depletion expense, to be disclosed under certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2023-07 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024, adopted retrospectively. The Company’s adoption of ASU 2023-07 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements or disclosures.
Accounting Pronouncements Issued and Not Yet Adopted
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03 Income Statement–Reporting Comprehensive Income–Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses (ASU 2024-03), which requires entities to disclose information about purchases of inventory, employee compensation, and intangible asset amortization in each income statement line item that contains those expenses. ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2024-03 to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09 Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires the Company to disclose disaggregated jurisdictional and categorical information for the tax rate reconciliation, income taxes paid and other income tax related amounts. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating ASU 2023-09 to determine the impact it may have on its consolidated financial statements.
3. Short-Term Investments
The Company invests in marketable securities primarily consisting of debt instruments of the United States Government, United States Government-sponsored enterprises, and financial institutions and corporations with strong credit ratings. The following represents a summary of the estimated fair value of short-term investments at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
| At December 31, 2024 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gain | Gross Unrealized Loss | Estimated Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Government-sponsored enterprises | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Treasury securities | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial paper | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign government bonds | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| At December 31, 2023 | Amortized Cost | Gross Unrealized Gain | Gross Unrealized Loss | Estimated Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Available-for-sale securities: | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Government-sponsored enterprises | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Treasury securities | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial paper | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | ( | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
81
The contractual maturities of available-for-sale debt securities as of December 31, 2024, were as follows (in thousands):
| Years to Maturity | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| At December 31, 2024 | Within One Year | One to Two Years | Two to Three Years | Estimated Fair Value | |||||||||||||||||||
| United States Government-sponsored enterprises | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| United States Treasury securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial paper | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign government bonds | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
The Company has classified all marketable securities, regardless of maturity, as short-term investments based upon the Company’s ability and intent to use any of those marketable securities to satisfy the Company’s liquidity requirements.
4. Composition of Certain Financial Statement Items
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
| December 31, | December 31, | ||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Accounts receivable | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Less: allowance for credit losses | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Accounts receivable, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Allowance for Credit Losses
The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the allowance for estimated accounts receivable credit losses for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at beginning of the period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Provision for expected credit losses | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Write-offs and adjustments, net of recoveries | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance at end of the period | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
82
Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
| December 31, | December 31, | ||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Raw materials | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Work-in-process | |||||||||||
| Finished goods | |||||||||||
| Total inventories | $ | $ | |||||||||
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following at December 31, 2024 and 2023 (in thousands):
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Leasehold improvements | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Office furniture and equipment | |||||||||||
| Computer equipment and software | |||||||||||
| Manufacturing and scientific equipment | |||||||||||
| Total cost | |||||||||||
| Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total property and equipment, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $14.7 million, $13.8 million, and $12.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization
Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of technology-based intangibles related to the Company’s acquisition of Sugarmate, as well as patents purchased or licensed that are related to the Company’s commercialized products. Intangible assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023, which were included in other long-term assets on the consolidated balance sheets, were as follows (in thousands):
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Intangible assets, gross amount | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Accumulated amortization | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Intangible assets, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Weighted average remaining amortization period (in months) | |||||||||||
Amortization expense related to intangible assets subject to amortization amounted to $1.9 million, $1.9 million and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The amortization expense is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations. The estimated aggregate future amortization expense is $0.9 million in 2025, all of which will be recorded in selling, general and administrative expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
5. Fair Value Measurements
The following table presents information about the Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques used by the Company to determine such fair value (in thousands):
83
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents(1) | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| United States Government-sponsored enterprises | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Treasury securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial paper | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign government bonds | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Assets | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash equivalents(1) | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
| United States Government-sponsored enterprises | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States Treasury securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Commercial paper | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Corporate debt securities | |||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total assets | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||
(1)Generally, cash equivalents include money market funds and investments with a maturity of three months
The Company’s Level 1 financial instruments, which are in active markets, are valued using unadjusted quoted market prices for identical instruments.
The Company’s Level 2 financial instruments are valued using market prices on less active markets with observable valuation inputs such as interest rates and yield curves. The Company obtains the fair value of Level 2 financial instruments from quoted market prices, calculated prices or quotes from third-party pricing services. The Company validates these prices through independent valuation testing and review of portfolio valuations provided by the Company’s investment managers.
There were no transfers into or out of Level 3 assets during the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and employee-related liabilities are reasonable estimates of their fair values because of the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Short-term investments are carried at fair value.
The Company’s Convertible Senior Notes are carried at amortized cost on the consolidated balance sheets (see Note 7, “Debt”). The Company estimated the fair value of its convertible senior notes based on Level 2 quoted market prices as follows (in thousands):
84
Fair Value Measurements at | ||||||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | |||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 | * | |||||||||||||
Total fair value of outstanding convertible senior notes | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
* Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date.
6. Leases
The Company’s leases consist of operating leases for general office space, research and development, manufacturing and warehouse facilities, and equipment. These noncancellable operating leases have initial lease terms from two years to thirteen years . Certain leases include an option to renew, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term for additional periods at the Company’s sole discretion. The Company includes the renewal option period in the lease term for those leases reasonably expected to be extended at the time of lease commencement.
Headquarters Lease
In September 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement for 181,949 square feet of general administrative, laboratory, and research and development office space (the Premises) located on High Bluff Drive in San Diego, California (Headquarters Lease). Possession of the Premises was to be tendered to the Company in two phases, with Phase I consisting of 143,850 rentable square feet, and Phase II consisting of 38,099 rentable square feet. The Headquarters Lease term expires in April 2035. The Company has two options to extend the term of the lease, with each option providing for an additional period of five years . The Headquarters Lease term was determined assuming the renewal options would not be exercised.
In December 2023, the Company entered into an agreement to sublease the Phase II portion of the leased premises under the Headquarters Lease, from January 2025 through March 2029. Future minimum payments for base rent due under Phase II of the Headquarters Lease, net of sublease rent, are estimated to be $2.2 million in total for 2025 through 2028, and $23.2 million in total for 2029 through 2035.
Operating Lease Impairment Charge
In 2023, the Company consolidated facilities by moving the administrative functions and other operations from the leased space on Vista Sorrento Parkway in San Diego, California (Vista Sorrento Lease) to the Company’s new headquarters, located on High Bluff Drive in San Diego, California. In connection with permanently ceasing use of the Vista Sorrento Lease, the Company recorded a $14.1 million impairment charge as the carrying amount of the assets related to the Vista Sorrento Lease exceeded its fair value based on the Company’s estimate of future discounted cash flows related to the leased facility. The $14.1 million charge was comprised of an $11.2 million impairment of operating lease right-of-use assets and a $2.9 million write-off of fixed assets, and was recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.
Supplemental Lease Disclosure Information
The Company’s lease costs recorded in the consolidated statements of operations were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Operating lease cost | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Short-term lease cost | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loss on lease termination and right-of-use asset impairment charges | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total lease cost | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
85
Maturities of operating lease liabilities at December 31, 2024 were as follows (in thousands):
| Years Ending December 31, | |||||
| 2025 | $ | ||||
| 2026 | |||||
| 2027 | |||||
| 2028 | |||||
| 2029 | |||||
| Thereafter | |||||
| Total undiscounted lease payments | |||||
| Less: amount representing interest | ( | ||||
| Present value of operating lease liabilities | |||||
| Less: current portion of operating lease liabilities | ( | ||||
| Operating lease liabilities - long-term | $ | ||||
The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate for operating leases were as follows:
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
| Weighted-average remaining lease term (in years) | |||||||||||
| Weighted-average discount rate used to determine operating lease liabilities | % | % | |||||||||
Cash amounts paid included in the measurement of lease liabilities, representing operating cash flows, were as follows:
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease payments | |||||||||||||||||
Operating lease termination payments | |||||||||||||||||
Total cash payments | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Leases For Which Accounting Has Not Yet Commenced
As of December 31, 2024, the Phase II commencement date for the Headquarters Lease had not yet occurred. Accordingly, the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 did not include operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities, and the consolidated statements of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 did not include any lease costs related to Phase II of the Headquarters Lease. In addition, the above disclosures of the Company’s lease costs, maturities of operating lease liabilities, weighted-average remaining lease term, and weighted-average discount rate do not include any amounts related to Phase II of the Headquarters Lease.
7. Debt
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2029
On March 8, 2024, the Company completed an offering of $316.3 million aggregate principal amount of 1.50 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2029 (the 2029 Notes). The proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes were $306.8 million, net of debt issuance costs. The Company used approximately $246.1 million of the net proceeds to repurchase approximately $246.7 million in aggregate principal amount of its Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 (the 2025 Notes) concurrently with the pricing of the 2029 Notes in privately negotiated transactions.
The Company also paid $1.3 million of accrued interest due at time of the note repurchase. As a result of the repurchase, the Company recognized a $1.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2024. The loss on extinguishment of debt included the unamortized debt issuance costs related to the portion of the 2025 Notes repurchased.
86
The Company used $30.0 million of the net proceeds to repurchase shares of the Company’s common stock from certain purchasers of the 2029 Notes at a purchase price equal to the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock on March 5, 2024, which was $27.105 per share. In addition, the Company used $15.8 million of the net proceeds to pay the cost of the capped call transactions (2029 Capped Call Transactions) discussed below.
The 2029 Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year beginning on September 15, 2024, at a rate of 1.50 % per year. The 2029 Notes mature on March 15, 2029 unless repurchased, redeemed, or converted in accordance with their terms prior to the maturity date.
The initial conversion rate for the 2029 Notes is 28.9361 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $34.56 per share of the Company’s common stock (2029 Notes Conversion Price). The conversion rate is subject to customary adjustments for certain events as described in the indenture governing the 2029 Notes.
The Company may not redeem the 2029 Notes before March 22, 2027. The Company has the option to redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2029 Notes on or after March 22, 2027 if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130 % of the 2029 Notes Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day period, at a redemption price equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. No sinking fund is provided for the 2029 Notes.
Holders of the 2029 Notes may convert all or a portion of their 2029 Notes at their option before December 15, 2028, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, only under the following circumstances:
•during any calendar quarter commencing after the quarter ending on June 30, 2024 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock, for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than or equal to 130 % of the 2029 Notes Conversion Price on each applicable trading day;
•during the five business day period after any ten consecutive trading day period (the measurement period) in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98 % of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock and the applicable conversion rate of the 2029 Notes on such trading day;
•if the Company calls such 2029 Notes for redemption, at any time before the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the redemption date, but only with respect to the 2029 Notes called (or deemed called) for redemption; or
•on the occurrence of specified corporate events.
On or after December 15, 2028, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their 2029 Notes, in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount, at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company’s election, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the indenture governing the 2029 Notes.
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025
In May 2020, the Company completed an offering of $287.5 million aggregate principal amount of 1.50 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2025 (the 2025 Notes). The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were $244.6 million, net of debt issuance costs and cash used to pay the cost of the capped call transactions (Capped Call Transactions) discussed below.
In March 2024, the Company repurchased for cash $246.7 million aggregate principal amount of the 2025 Notes, concurrently with the pricing of the 2029 Notes in privately negotiated transactions.
The 2025 Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations. Interest is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears beginning on November 1, 2020 at a rate of 1.50 % per year. The 2025 Notes mature on May 1, 2025 unless repurchased, redeemed, or converted in accordance with their terms before the maturity date. As of December 31, 2024 the outstanding balance of the 2025 Notes was classified in current liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
87
The 2025 Notes are convertible into cash, shares of the Company’s common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of the Company’s common stock, at the Company’s election, at an initial conversion rate of 8.8836 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the 2025 Notes, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $112.57 (2025 Notes Conversion Price) per share of the Company’s common stock. The conversion rate is subject to customary adjustments for certain events as described in the indenture governing the 2025 Notes.
The Company has the option to redeem for cash all or any portion of the 2025 Notes on or after May 6, 2023 if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common stock has been at least 130 % of the 2025 Notes Conversion Price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive), including the trading day immediately preceding the date on which the Company provides notice of redemption, during any 30 consecutive trading day period, at a redemption price equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the 2025 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest. No sinking fund is provided for the 2025 Notes.
Holders of the 2025 Notes had the right to convert all or a portion of their 2025 Notes at their option before November 1, 2024, in multiples of $1,000 principal amounts, under certain circumstances outlined in the offering agreement.
From November 1, 2024, until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date, holders may convert their Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Company will pay or deliver, as the case may be, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of cash and shares of common stock, at the Company’s election, in the manner and subject to the terms and conditions provided in the indenture governing the 2025 Notes.
Holders of the 2025 Notes who convert in connection with a make-whole fundamental change or in connection with a redemption are entitled to an increase in the conversion rate. Additionally, in the event of a fundamental change, holders of the 2025 Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of the 2025 Notes at a price equal to 100 % of the principal amount of the Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.
The net carrying amount of the Company’s convertible senior notes on the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following (in thousands):
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
Principal amount: | |||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 | $ | $ | |||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2029 | * | ||||||||||
Total principal amount | |||||||||||
| Unamortized debt issuance costs | ( | ( | |||||||||
Total debt, net | $ | $ | |||||||||
Less: current portion | ( | ||||||||||
Long-term senior convertible notes | $ | $ | |||||||||
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the if-converted value of the 2025 Notes did not 13.4 million.
In October 2023, the Company was notified that additional interest beyond the 1.50 % per annum had been accruing on the 2025 Notes since May 2021, under the terms of the indenture. This additional interest accrued at a rate of 0.50 % per annum on the outstanding principal amount of the Notes to approximately $3.3 million. The additional accrued interest was fully paid during the fourth quarter of 2023.
The following table summarizes the effective interest rates for each of our convertible senior notes for the periods shown:
88
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effective interest rate: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2025 | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Convertible Senior Notes Due 2029 | % | * | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
* Not applicable as no notes were outstanding at this date.
The following table details interest expense related to the Notes recognized for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contractual interest expense(1) | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Amortization of debt issuance costs | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total interest expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(1) Contractual interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 included $3.3 million of additional interest as discussed above.
2029 Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, the Company entered into Capped Call Transactions in March 2024 with certain counterparties at a net cost of $15.8 million (2029 Capped Call Transactions). The 2029 Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the Common Stock upon any conversion of the 2029 Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2029 Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap based on a cap price initially equal to $42.0128 per share, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the 2029 Capped Call Transactions.
2025 Capped Call Transactions
In connection with the issuance of the 2025 Notes, the Company entered into Capped Call Transactions in May 2020 with certain counterparties at a net cost of $34.1 million (2025 Capped Call Transactions). The 2025 Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the Common Stock upon any conversion of the 2025 Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company is required to make in excess of the principal amount of converted 2025 Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction or offset subject to a cap. The cap price of the 2025 Capped Call Transactions is initially $173.18 per share of the Company’s common stock, and is subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the 2025 Capped Call Transactions.
In connection with the repurchase of certain 2025 Notes, the Company entered into unwind agreements with the existing option counterparties on March 5, 2024 to terminate a portion of the existing 2025 Capped Call Transactions in a notional amount corresponding to the amount of 2025 Notes repurchased (the Unwind Transactions). In connection with the Unwind Transactions, the Company received $0.2 million in cash as a termination payment in respect of the portion of the existing 2025 Capped Call Transactions that were unwound. The amount received was based generally on the termination values of the unwound portions of the existing 2025 Capped Call Transactions.
For accounting purposes, each of the capped call transactions described above are separate transactions, and not part of the terms of the 2029 Notes or the 2025 Notes. As these transactions met certain criteria under the applicable accounting guidance, each of the capped call transactions were recorded in stockholders’ equity and were not accounted for as derivatives. The cost of the transactions was recorded as a reduction of the Company’s additional paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and will not be remeasured.
89
Promissory Note Payable
In connection with the acquisition of Capillary Biomedical, Inc. (see Note 12, “Acquisitions”), the Company assumed a $4.7 million promissory note payable. The promissory note accrues interest at the rate of 5.0 % per year, and becomes due and payable upon the first sale or license of the commercialized product. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the loan balance of $4.8 million and $4.7 million, respectively, was included as a component of other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
8. Stockholders’ Equity
Shares Reserved for Future Issuance
The following shares of the Company's common stock were reserved for future issuance at December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
| Shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of Convertible Senior Notes | |||||
| Shares underlying outstanding warrants | |||||
| Shares underlying outstanding stock options | |||||
| Shares underlying unvested restricted stock units | |||||
| Shares authorized for issuance pursuant to awards granted under the ESPP | |||||
| Shares authorized for future equity award grants | |||||
| Total | |||||
Common Stock Warrants
Warrants outstanding to purchase shares of the Company's common stock as of December 31, 2024 were as follows:
| Issue Date | Exercise Price Per Share | Warrants Outstanding | Expiration Date of Warrants Outstanding | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| March 2017 | $ | March 2027 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Each warrant allows the holder to purchase one share of common stock at the per share exercise price of the warrant.
Stock Incentive Plans
In May 2023, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2023 Plan), under which 2,602,184 shares of common stock were initially reserved for issuance. Under the 2023 Plan, the Company may grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and restricted stock units to individuals who are employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Company at the time of grant. The 2023 Plan replaced the Company’s Amended and Restated 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (2013 Plan), and no further equity awards will be granted under the 2013 Plan. In May 2024, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, to increase the number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan by 3,000,000 shares.
Stock Options
The maximum term of stock options granted under the Company’s active plans is ten years . Stock options have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on the applicable award date. Stock options granted before 2022 generally vested over a four-year period as to 25 % of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following three years . Stock options granted in 2022 and thereafter vest over a three-year period as to 33 % of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the balance of the options vesting monthly over the following two years .
90
The following table summarizes stock option activities under the Company’s stock incentive plans:
Total Stock Options | Weighted- Average Exercise Price Per Share | Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Life (in years) | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2021 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited/expired | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited/expired | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercised | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited/expired | ( | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Outstanding at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Exercisable at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||||||||
Restricted Stock Units
Restricted stock units (RSUs) have a grant value equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the award date. RSUs granted before March 2022 generally vest over a four-year period based on continuous service as to 25 % of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the RSUs vesting quarterly over the following three years . RSUs granted in March 2022 and thereafter generally vest over a three-year period based on continuous service to the Company as to 33 % of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the award, with the balance of the RSUs vesting quarterly over the following two years . In addition, the Company granted 151,660 , 110,074 and 53,662 performance-based RSUs during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively, of which 151,660 , 92,308 and 48,139 units remained outstanding at December 31, 2024. The Company estimated the fair value of performance-based RSUs at the date of grant using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, and the probability that the specified performance metrics of the performance-based RSU would be met. These awards vest upon the Company’s actual performance relative to predefined performance metrics and subject to the awardee’s continuous service through the respective measurement dates as defined in the award agreements. For certain performance-based RSUs with market-based criteria, the Company used a Monte Carlo methodology to estimate the fair value at the date of grant.
The following table summarizes RSU activities, which includes performance-based RSUs, for the Company’s stock incentive plans:
91
| Total RSUs | Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value | Aggregate Intrinsic Value (in thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2021 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2022 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2023 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Granted | $ | ||||||||||||||||
| Vested | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
| Canceled/forfeited | ( | $ | |||||||||||||||
Unvested awards outstanding at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
Awards expected to vest at December 31, 2024 | $ | $ | |||||||||||||||
The aggregate fair value of RSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 was $58.5 million, $21.2 million, and $12.7 million, respectively, which represents the market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the RSUs vested. The number of RSUs vested includes shares of common stock the Company withheld on behalf of employees to satisfy the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements. RSUs that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
The Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) was approved by the Board in October 2013. The ESPP enables eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock using their after-tax payroll deductions, subject to certain conditions. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible employees may contribute, through payroll deductions, up to 15 % of their earnings for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. The purchase price of common stock under the ESPP is the lesser of: (a) 85 % of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the first date of an offering or (b) 85 % of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of purchase. Generally, offerings under the ESPP consist of a two-year offering period with four six-month purchase periods which begin in May and November of each year.
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 770,362 , 499,431 and 262,936 shares of our common stock, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP for proceeds of $12.2 million, $10.7 million and $12.7 million, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation expense included in the consolidated statements of operations for all stock-based compensation arrangements (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Cost of sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Selling, general and administrative | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Research and development | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total stock-based compensation expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
The total stock-based compensation expense capitalized as part of the cost of the Company’s inventories was $1.8 million at December 31, 2024, and $2.0 million at December 31, 2023.
92
At December 31, 2024, the total unamortized stock-based compensation expense of approximately $121.0 million will be recognized over the remaining weighted average vesting term of approximately 1.9 years.
The Company estimates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model on the grant date. No 42.16 per share, risk-free interest rate of 2.7 %, dividend yield of 0.0 %, expected volatility of 72.0 %, and expected term of 5.8 years.
The Company records stock-based compensation expense associated with the ESPP using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Valuations are performed on the grant date at the beginning of the purchase period, which generally occurs in May and November of each year. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for the ESPP were as follows:
| ESPP | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Weighted average grant date fair value (per share) | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Risk-free interest rate | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dividend yield | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expected volatility | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Expected term (in years) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the United States Treasury’s rates for United States Treasury zero-coupon bonds with maturities similar to those of the expected term of the award being valued.
Expected Dividend Yield. The dividend yield is zero because the Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Expected Volatility. The expected volatility was estimated based on a weighted-average of the Company’s actual historical volatility of its common stock measured over the expected term.
Expected Term. The Company utilized the simplified method for estimating the expected term of stock option grants. Under this approach, the weighted-average expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option. The Company estimates the expected term of the ESPP using expected life for each tranche during the two-year offering period.
The Company also estimates forfeitures at the time of grant, and revises those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from its estimates. Historical data was used to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.
9. Employee Benefits
Defined Contribution Plans
93
10. Income Taxes
The income (loss) before provision for income taxes for the Company’s operations was as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
| Foreign | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
| Income (loss) before provision for income taxes | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
The components of income tax expense were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
| Current: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| State | |||||||||||||||||
| Foreign | |||||||||||||||||
| Total current tax expense | |||||||||||||||||
| Deferred: | |||||||||||||||||
| Federal | |||||||||||||||||
| State | |||||||||||||||||
| Foreign | |||||||||||||||||
| Total deferred income tax benefit | |||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
The expense for income taxes reconciles to the amount computed by applying the federal statutory rate to loss before taxes as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) at federal statutory rate (1) | $ | ( | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||||||
| State income tax, net of federal benefit | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
Convertible debt leg-out | |||||||||||||||||
| Warrants revaluation | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Research and development credits | ( | ( | ( | ||||||||||||||
| Section 382 limitation | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Stock-based compensation | |||||||||||||||||
| Officers' compensation | |||||||||||||||||
Recognition of acquired deferred tax assets | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Acquired IPR&D expenses | |||||||||||||||||
Cross-border tax impacts | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||
Foreign rate differential | |||||||||||||||||
| Other | |||||||||||||||||
| Change in valuation allowance | |||||||||||||||||
Income tax expense | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
(1)For the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, the federal statutory tax rate was 21%.
94
Significant components of the Company’s net deferred income tax assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023 are shown in the table below (in thousands). The Company assesses all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether sufficient future taxable income will be generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax assets. A significant piece of objective negative evidence evaluated was the cumulative book loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2024. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as projections for future growth. On the basis of this analysis, a valuation allowance of $210.4 million and $190.7 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, was recorded to offset the net deferred tax asset as realization of such asset is uncertain. However, the amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable could be adjusted if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are increased, or if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present and additional weight is given to subjective evidence such as the Company’s projections for future growth.
| December 31, | |||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | ||||||||||
| Deferred tax assets: | |||||||||||
| Net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Research and development tax credits carryforwards | |||||||||||
| Capitalized research and development expenses | |||||||||||
| Accrued compensation | |||||||||||
| Lease liabilities | |||||||||||
Warranty reserve | |||||||||||
| Other | |||||||||||
| Total deferred tax assets | |||||||||||
| Deferred tax liabilities: | |||||||||||
| Operating lease right-of-use assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Fixed assets | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Other | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Total deferred tax liabilities | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Less valuation allowance | ( | ( | |||||||||
| Net deferred tax assets | $ | $ | |||||||||
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had accumulated federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $96.5 million, and $248.0 million, respectively. Of the total federal net operating loss carryforwards, approximately $13.2 million were generated after January 1, 2018, and therefore do not expire. NOL generated after January 1, 2018, is subject to 80% limitation in accordance with the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017. The remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $83.2 million will begin to expire in 2033, and state tax loss carryforwards continue to expire. The remaining California NOL carryforwards of $182.4 million will begin expiring in 2029. The Company had approximately $43.3 million of foreign tax loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2024. The foreign tax loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2025, unless previously utilized.
The Company also has federal and California research credit carryforwards of approximately $30.7 million and $29.3 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2024. The federal research credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2040, unless previously utilized. The California research credit will carry forward indefinitely.
Utilization of the Company's net operating loss and research credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitations may result in the expiration of net operating loss carryforwards before utilization. The Company has completed analyses through December 31, 2023 to determine whether its net operating losses and credits are likely to be limited by Section 382. Based on this study, the Company determined that an ownership change, as defined under Section 382, occurred in 2018 and the resulting limitation significantly reduced the Company’s ability to utilize its net operating loss and credit carryovers before they expire. As a result, in 2019 the Company reduced its deferred tax assets for the net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that were projected to expire unused with a corresponding offset to the valuation allowance recorded against such assets. Additionally, future ownership changes under Section 382 may also limit the Company's ability to fully utilize any remaining tax benefits.
95
In 2022, as part of the Capillary Biomedical, Inc. transaction, the Company acquired deferred tax assets consisting of federal and state net operation loss carryovers, research tax credit carryovers, and other tax attributes of approximately $7.8 million. These deferred tax assets are subject to limitations on future use under Section 382 and some of the attributes may expire unused. The Company completed an analysis under Section 382. As a result, the Company recognized deferred tax assets, net of contra reserve, of approximately $5.0 million in 2023. The Company included these deferred tax assets in its components of deferred tax assets in the table above, to the extent that such deferred tax assets are available for future utilization, and the balances are fully offset by valuation allowance as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
The evaluation of uncertainty in a tax position is a two-step process. The first step involves recognition. The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. The technical merits of a tax position are derived from both statutory and judicial authority (legislation and statutes, legislative intent, regulations, rulings, and case law) and their applicability to the facts and circumstances of the tax position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in the financial statements. The second step is measurement. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 % likely of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022 (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||
| Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
| Increases related to current year positions | |||||||||||||||||
| Increases (decreases) related to prior year positions | ( | ||||||||||||||||
| Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company had $24.9 million and $19.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits, respectively, that, if recognized and realized would impact the effective tax rate, subject to the valuation allowance.
The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. The Company had no
The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various foreign and state jurisdictions. Before 2018, the losses were all attributable to the United States. The Company’s tax years from 2006 (inception) are subject to examination by the United States and state authorities due to the carry forward of unutilized NOLs and research and development credits.
In 2021 the OECD announced an Inclusive Framework on Base Erosion and Profit Shifting including Pillar Two Model Rules defining the global minimum tax, which calls for the taxation of large multinational corporations at a minimum rate of 15%. Subsequently multiple sets of administrative guidance have been issued. Many non-US tax jurisdictions have either recently enacted legislation to adopt certain components of the Pillar Two Model Rules beginning in 2024, including the European Union Member States, with the adoption of additional components in later years or announced their plans to enact legislation in future years. We are continuing to evaluate the impacts of enacted legislation and pending legislation to enact Pillar Two Model Rules in the non-US tax jurisdictions we operate in.
Undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested. Thus, the Company has not recognized any deferred taxes on foreign unremitted earnings.
96
11. Business Segment and Geographic Information
Segment Reporting
Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker (CODM) in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company is organized based on its current product portfolio, which consists primarily of insulin pumps, single-use insulin cartridges and infusion sets for the storage and delivery of insulin. The Company views its operations and manages its business as one reporting segment because key operating decisions and resource allocations are made by the CODM using consolidated financial data. Accordingly, the Company is organized as a single operating segment and therefore a single reportable segment: Insulin Pumps and Supplies.
The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), who evaluates segment performance based on segment net income (loss) on a consolidated basis. Segment net income (loss) was consistent with the net loss amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. There were no significant segment expenses that are regularly provided to the CODM other than those reported in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022.
The Company’s CODM is provided segment assets information on a consolidated basis for the evaluation of company performance. Total segment assets were consistent with total assets reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets for December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Disaggregation of Revenue
Segment revenues were consistent with revenue reported in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023, and 2022. The Company primarily sells its products through national and regional distributors in the United States on a non-exclusive basis, and through distribution partners outside the United States. In the United States and Canada, the Company also uses a direct sales force. The Company disaggregates its revenue by geography, major sales channel and product as management believes these categories best depict how the nature, amount and timing of revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.
Revenues by Geographic Region and Customer Sales Channel
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, no individual country outside the United States generated revenue that represented more than 10% of total revenue. The table below sets forth revenues for the Company’s two primary geographical markets, based on the geographic location to which its products are shipped (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| United States | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Outside the United States | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Sales | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues by Product
During the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, sales by product were as follows (in thousands):
| Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 2024 | 2023 | 2022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pump | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Supplies and other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net revenue recognized (deferred) for Tandem Choice program | ( | ( | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Sales | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales to distributors accounted for 61 %, 64 %, and 65 % of the Company’s total United States sales for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Sales to distributors accounted for 96 %, 99 %, and 96 % of the Company’s total sales outside the United States for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
97
12. Acquisitions
AMF Medical Acquisition
On December 10, 2022, the Company entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (Purchase Agreement) to acquire all of the registered shares of AMF Medical (Original Transaction). AMF Medical is the original developer of the Sigi Patch Pump, which continued to be under development and was not yet commercially available as of December 31, 2024.
On January 19, 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of AMF Medical under the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The total aggregate consideration for the Original Transaction included a previous strategic investment of Swiss Francs (CHF) 8.0 million made in the third quarter of 2022, a cash payment of CHF 62.4 million paid at the closing of the Transaction, and additional contingent earnout payments of up to CHF 129.6 million. The contingent earnout payments were to become payable upon the achievement of certain milestones, and were comprised of up to CHF 38.4 million upon the successful completion of key development milestones over the two years following the closing date of the Transaction, and up to CHF 91.2 million upon obtaining regulatory clearance from the FDA of an automated controller enabled (ACE) pump. The contingent consideration was to be recognized as each contingency was resolved and the respective consideration was paid or became payable.
The transaction was accounted for as an asset acquisition as substantially all the value of the gross assets was concentrated in a single asset. The Company recorded a $78.8 million charge in 2023 representing the value of acquired in-process research and development assets with no alternative future use, and acquisition related expenses, on its consolidated statements of operations in acquired in-process research and development expenses.
In January 2025, the Company entered into a revised agreement that removed contingent liabilities previously outlined in the Original Transaction. The Company agreed to pay CHF 40 million in January 2025 and a final payment of CHF 28 million in October 2025. All other payments outlined in the Original Transaction were removed based on the revised agreement. The amounts due to be paid were recorded as a short-term accrued liability in the first quarter of 2025.
Capillary Biomedical Acquisition
On July 21, 2022, the Company acquired Capillary Biomedical, Inc. (Capillary Biomedical), an infusion set developer, for total cash consideration of $24.7 million, and the assumption of $4.7 million of long-term debt (see Note 7, “Debt”). Capillary Biomedical’s extended-wear infusion set technology is currently in development and is not yet commercially available.
The transaction was accounted for as an asset acquisition as substantially all the value of the gross assets was concentrated in a single asset. The Company recorded a $31.0 million charge in 2022 representing the value of acquired in-process research and development assets with no alternative future use, and acquisition related expenses, on its consolidated statements of operations in acquired in-process research and development expenses.
13. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory Matters
In November 2023, at the Unified Patent Court (UPC), Paris Central Division (UPC Paris), we filed a revocation action and an action for a declaration of non-infringement of EP Patent No. 2 196 231 B1 (the ’231 patent) against Roche Diabetes Care GmbH. While Roche contends that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump infringes the ‘231 patent, we contend that our t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘231 patent. Furthermore, we contend that the claims of the ‘231 patent are invalid over the prior art and should be revoked. In February 2024, Roche filed an infringement action against Tandem and its distributor in Germany at the UPC, Hamburg Local Division (UPC Hamburg) contending that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump, and the offering, marketing, using, importing, possessing, and supplying of such devices infringes certain claims of the ‘231 patent. Roche seeks, among other things, damages and other monetary relief, costs and expenses of the legal proceedings, and an order to cease and desist the allegedly infringing activities. At the UPC Hamburg, Tandem has asserted that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the claims of the ‘231 patent and Tandem’s distributor has asserted that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the claims of the ‘231 patent and that the claims of the ‘231 patent are invalid and should be revoked. On November 6, 2024, the UPC Paris held a hearing on Tandem’s action to revoke the claims of the ‘231 patent. On December 18, 2024, the UPC Paris upheld the patent. The hearing in Hamburg on invalidity and non-infringement is scheduled for June 12, 2025.
98
In December 2023, F. Hoffman-La Roche AG and Roche Diabetes Care GmbH (collectively, Roche), filed an infringement action at the UPC, Dusseldorf Division (UPC Dusseldorf) against Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and Tandem Diabetes Care Europe B.V. and Tandem’s distributors in Germany, France, the Netherlands and Denmark. Roche alleges our t:slim X2 insulin pump, and the offering, marketing, using, importing, possessing, and supplying of such devices infringe EP Patent No. 1 970 677 B1 (the ‘677 patent). While Roche contends that Tandem’s t:slim X2 pump infringes the ‘677 patent, we contend that our t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘677 patent. Furthermore, we contend that the claims of the ‘677 patent are invalid over the prior art and should be revoked. Roche seeks, among other things, damages and other monetary relief, costs and expenses of the legal proceedings, and an order to cease and desist the allegedly infringing activities. On April 9, 2025, the UPC Dusseldorf will hold a hearing on Roche’s action asserting infringement of the ‘677 patent, Tandem and its distributors’ counterclaims that the t:slim X2 pump does not infringe the ‘677 patent, and Tandem and its distributors’ actions to revoke the claims of the ‘677 patent. The action seeks unspecified monetary damages and other relief.
Although the Company intends to vigorously defend against these claims, there is no guarantee that the Company will prevail. Accordingly, the Company is unable to determine the ultimate outcome of this lawsuit or determine the amount or range of potential losses associated with the lawsuit.
From time to time, the Company is involved in various other legal proceedings, regulatory matters, and other disputes or claims arising from or related to claims incident to the normal course of the Company’s business activities, including actions with respect to intellectual property, data privacy, employment, regulatory, product liability and contractual matters. Although the results of such legal proceedings and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, as of December 31, 2024 the Company believes it is not currently a party to any legal proceedings, regulatory matters, or other disputes or claims for which a material loss was considered probable or for which the amount or range of loss was reasonably estimable. However, regardless of the merit of the claims raised or the outcome, legal proceedings may have an adverse impact on the Company as a result of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management time and resources, and other factors.
Letters of Credit
As of December 31, 2024, in connection with one of the Company’s operating leases (see Note 6, “Leases”), the Company had a $4.9 million unsecured irrevocable standby letter of credit arrangement with a bank, under which the landlord of the building is the beneficiary. The Company is required to maintain the standby letter of credit throughout the term of the lease, which expires in April 2035.
Purchase Obligations
The Company has agreements with suppliers and other parties to purchase inventory, other goods and services and long-lived assets. Product inventory obligations consist primarily of purchase order commitments for raw materials used in the production of insulin pumps and cartridges, and finished goods infusion sets. Cancellation of outstanding purchase orders is generally allowed under the standard terms of our purchase order agreements, but may require payment of costs incurred through the date of cancellation. At December 31, 2024, obligations under our purchase agreements totaled approximately $197.1 million, of which approximately $192.7 million is scheduled to be received and become payable within one-year.
14. Fourth Quarter Financial Data (Unaudited)
The financial information for the three months ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 presented in the following table reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods (in thousands, except per share data):
| For the Quarter Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | December 31, 2023 | ||||||||||
Sales(1) | $ | $ | |||||||||
Gross profit(1)(2) | $ | $ | |||||||||
| Operating expenses | $ | $ | |||||||||
Operating loss | $ | ( | $ | ( | |||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per share | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share | |||||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per share | $ | $ | ( | ||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted net income (loss) per share | |||||||||||
99
(1) The Company recognized revenue of $30.2 million and deferred revenue of $25.1 million for the quarters ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, as a result of the Tandem Choice program (see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”).
(2) For the quarter ended December 31, 2024, the Company recognized charges to cost of sales of $0.6 million for Tandem Choice fulfillments in 2024, with no corresponding charge in 2023.
The numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted net income per share computations are calculated as follows for the three months ended December 31, 2024 (in thousands).
| For the Quarter Ended | |||||||||||
| December 31, 2024 | |||||||||||
Net income - basic and diluted | $ | ||||||||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding - basic | |||||||||||
| Dilutive common share equivalents: | |||||||||||
| Options to purchase common stock | |||||||||||
| Warrants to purchase common stock | |||||||||||
| Awards to be granted under the ESPP | |||||||||||
| Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted | |||||||||||
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Not applicable.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file with the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As of December 31, 2024, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2024.
Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by or under the supervision of our management, including our principal executive officer and principle financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
As of December 31, 2024, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting using the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2024, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 as stated in its report, which is included herein.
100
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2024 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Limitation on Effectiveness of Controls
In designing and evaluating our controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable and not absolute assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In reaching a reasonable level of assurance, management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. There are inherent limitations to the effectiveness of any system of disclosure controls and procedures, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of the controls and procedures. In addition, the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
As discussed above, Mr. Sheridan, our principal executive officer, and Ms. Vosseller, our principal financial and accounting officer, are involved in a personal relationship and share a primary residence. While our board of directors is informed of the relationship and appropriate actions have been taken to ensure compliance with our policies and procedures, the existence of this relationship may create additional risk, or the perception of additional risk, that our controls and procedures may not be effective.
101
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We have audited Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders‘ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes and our report dated February 26, 2025 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Diego, California
February 26, 2025
102
Item 9B. Other Information.
(a) None
(b) Securities Trading Plans of Directors and Executive Officers.
None.
103
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and other senior financial officers (our Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, Controller and other senior financial officers performing similar functions), which we refer to as the Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers). Our Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) is designed to meet the requirements of paragraph (b) of Item 406 of Regulation S-K. We will promptly disclose on our website to the extent required by SEC rules (i) any amendment to or any waiver, including an implicit waiver, of our Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) that applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions, and that relates to any element of the code of ethics definition enumerated in paragraph (b) of Item 406 of Regulation S-K, and (ii) the nature of any such amendment or waiver.
We have also adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our directors and employees, which we refer to as the Code of Ethics (Directors and Employees). The Code of Ethics (Senior Financial Officers) and the Code of Ethics (Directors and Employees) are available on our website at www.tandemdiabetes.com under the Investor Center section of the website. However, the information contained on or accessed through our website does not constitute part of this Annual Report, and references to our website address in this Annual Report are inactive textual references only.
The information required by this item that is not set forth above will be set forth in our definitive proxy statement for our 2025 annual meeting of stockholders (the Proxy Statement), to be filed with the SEC not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, under the headings “Election of Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions,” “Corporate Governance-Director Independence, Agreements and Relationships,” “Legal Proceedings with Directors,” “Corporate Governance,” “Compensation Governance,” “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation Tables,” “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” and “Compensation Committee Report,” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Compensation Governance—Stock Incentive Plans” and “Stock Ownership,” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Corporate Governance—Director Independence, Agreements and Relationships,” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm,” and is incorporated herein by reference.
104
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report:
1. Financial Statements. The following documents are included in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report and are incorporated by reference herein:
| Page | |||||
2. Financial Statement Schedules. Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not required or are not applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
| Incorporated by Reference | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Exhibit Number | Exhibit Description | Form | File No. | Date of First Filing | Exhibit Number | Provided Herewith | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.1 | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 3-Aug-23 | 3.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 3.2 | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 3-Aug-23 | 3.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.2 | 10-K | 001-36189 | 21-Feb-24 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.3 | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 1-Nov-13 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.4 | S-1 | 333-216531 | 8-Mar-17 | 4.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.5 | 8-K | 001-36189 | 15-May-20 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 4.6 | 8-K | 001-36189 | 15-May-20 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.7 | 8-K | 001-36189 | 11-Mar-24 | 4.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4.8 | 8-K | 001-36189 | 11-Mar-24 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
105
10.1* | DEF 14A | 001-36189 | 26-Apr-18 | Appendix B | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.2* | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 30-Jul-20 | 10.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.3* | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 30-Jul-20 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.4* | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 1-Nov-13 | 10.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.5* | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 1-Nov-13 | 10.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.6* | S-8 | 333-279642 | 23-May-24 | 99.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.8* | S-8 | 333-279642 | 23-May-24 | 99.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.9* | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 3-Aug-23 | 10.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.10* | S-1 | 333-191601 | 7-Oct-13 | 10.13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.11* | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 8-Nov-13 | 10.17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.12* | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 8-Nov-13 | 10.19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.13* | S-1 | 333-222553 | 16-Jan-18 | 10.25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.14* | S-1 | 333-191601 | 7-Oct-13 | 10.11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.15 | S-1/A | 333-191601 | 8-Nov-13 | 10.20 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.16† | 10-Q/A | 001-36189 | 9-Nov-18 | 10.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.18† | 10-K | 001-36189 | 24-Feb-21 | 10.25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
106
10.19† | License Agreement, dated July 14, 2016, by and between Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and TypeZero Technologies, LLC (acquired by DexCom, Inc.). | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 30-Apr-20 | 10.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.20† | 10-K | 001-36189 | 2-Feb-22 | 10.35 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.21†‡ | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 1-Aug-24 | 10.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.22 | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 3-Nov-21 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.23* | 10-K | 001-36189 | 21-Feb-24 | 10.25 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.24* | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 1-Aug-24 | 10.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.25* | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 1-Aug-24 | 10.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.26* | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.27† | 10-Q | 001-36189 | 1-Aug-24 | 10.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.28†‡ | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.29 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.30† | 10.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
19.1 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 21.1 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 23.1 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 24.1 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 31.1 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
107
| 31.2 | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 32.1*** | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 32.2*** | X | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
97 | 10-K | 001-36189 | 21-Feb-24 | 97 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.INS | Inline XBRL Instance Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.SCH | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.CAL | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.DEF | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.LAB | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 101.PRE | Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 104 | Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document). | X | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| † | Certain confidential portions of this exhibit have been redacted pursuant to Item 601(b)(10)(iv) of Regulation S-K. The Company has determined that such omitted information is (i) not material, and (ii) is of the type of information that the Company customarily and actually treats as private or confidential. | ||||
| * | Indicates management contract or compensatory plan. | ||||
*** | Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; furnished herewith. | ||||
| ‡ | Exhibits and/or schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. | ||||
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.
None.
108
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
| Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | |||||||||||
| By: | /s/ John F. Sheridan | ||||||||||
| John F. Sheridan | |||||||||||
| President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | |||||||||||
| (Principal Executive Officer) | |||||||||||
| Date: February 26, 2025 | |||||||||||
109
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints John F. Sheridan and Leigh A. Vosseller, and each of them individually, his and her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and her and in his and her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| Signature | Title | Date | ||||||||||||
| /s/ JOHN F. SHERIDAN | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| John F. Sheridan | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ LEIGH A. VOSSELLER | Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Leigh A. Vosseller | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ DICK P. ALLEN | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Dick P. Allen | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ MYOUNGIL CHA | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Myoungil Cha | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ PEYTON R. HOWELL | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Peyton R. Howell | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ JOAO PAULO FALCAO MALAGUEIRA | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Joao Paulo Falcao Malagueira | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ KATHLEEN MCGRODDY-GOETZ | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Kathleen McGroddy-Goetz | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ REBECCA B. ROBERTSON | Chair of the Board | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Rebecca B. Robertson | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ RAJWANT S. SODHI | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Rajwant S. Sodhi | ||||||||||||||
| /s/ CHRISTOPHER J. TWOMEY | Director | February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||
| Christopher J. Twomey | ||||||||||||||
110
Exhibit 10.26
EMPLOYMENT SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
This Employment Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into effective as of January 6, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Elizabeth Gasser (the “Employee”) and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”).
R E C I T A L S
A. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes the Company should provide the Employee with certain severance benefits should the Employee’s employment with the Company terminate under certain circumstances, such benefits to provide the Employee with enhanced financial security and sufficient incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company.
B. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 4 below.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and in consideration of the continuing employment of the Employee by the Company, the parties agree as follows:
1. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Employee acknowledge that the Employee’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. If the Employee’s employment terminates for any reason, the Employee shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans and practices or in accordance with other agreements between the Company and the Employee.
2. Severance and Change of Control Benefits.
(a) Benefits upon Termination in Connection with a Change of Control. If, on or within three (3) months prior to a Change of Control or within twelve (12) months after a Change of Control, the Employee’s employment terminates as a result of an Involuntary Termination or a Resignation For Good Reason and the Employee signs, complies with and does not revoke a Release of Claims, then the Employee shall receive the following severance benefits:
(i) the Employee will receive during the eighteen (18) month period immediately following the date of the Involuntary Termination or the Resignation For Good Reason (if such termination or resignation occurred after the Change of Control) or on the date of the Change of Control (if such termination or resignation occurred on or before the Change of Control), as applicable (the “Severance Period”), a guarantee of salary continuation equal to the Employee’s monthly portion of Base Compensation on the date of termination, less applicable withholdings and deductions;
(ii) (A) the Employee will vest in and have the right to exercise all of the Employee’s outstanding options, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights that were otherwise unvested as of the date of such Involuntary Termination or Resignation For Good Reason, (B) all of the Company’s rights to repurchase vested and unvested restricted stock or restricted stock units from the Employee shall lapse as to that number of shares in which such repurchase rights have yet to lapse and (C) any right of the Company to repurchase any common stock of the Company shall terminate including under any right of first refusal.
(b) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause. If the Employee’s employment with the Company terminates other than as a result of an Involuntary Termination or Resignation For Good Reason, then the Employee will not be entitled to receive severance change in control benefits as defined in this Section 2 or other severance or benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.
Exhibit 10.26
(c) Disability; Death. If the Company terminates the Employee’s employment as a result of the Employee’s Disability, or the Employee’s employment terminates due to the Employee’s death, then the Employee will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.
(d) Miscellaneous. Upon the termination of the Employee’s employment for any reason, (i) the Company shall pay the Employee any unpaid base salary due for periods prior to the Termination Date; (ii) the Company shall pay the Employee all of the Employee’s accrued and unused paid time off through the Termination Date; and (iii) following submission of proper expense reports by the Employee, the Company shall reimburse the Employee for all expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by the Employee in connection with the business of the Company prior to the Termination Date. These payments shall be made promptly upon termination and within the period of time mandated by applicable law.
3. Limitations on Payments.
(a) Code Section 409A.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Employee is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of the Employee’s termination (other than due to death), then the severance payable to the Employee, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits”), that are payable within the first six (6) months following the Employee’s termination of employment will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of the Employee’s termination of employment. All subsequent Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Employee dies following the Employee’s termination but prior to the six (6) month anniversary of the Employee’s termination, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of the Employee’s death and all other Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
(ii) Any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above.
(iii) Any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that do not exceed the Section 409A Limit shall not constitute Deferred Compensation Separation Benefits for purposes of clause (i) above. For purposes of this Agreement, “Section 409A Limit” shall mean the lesser of two (2) times: (i) the Employee’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to the Employee during the Company’s taxable year preceding the Company’s taxable year of the Employee’s termination of employment as determined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which the Employee’s employment is terminated.
(iv) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and the Employee agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to actual payment to the Employee under Section 409A.
Exhibit 10.26
(b) Code Section 280G. In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to the Employee (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this Section 3(b), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Employee’s benefits under Section 2 of this Agreement shall be either:
(i) delivered in full, or
(ii) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance and other benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, results in the receipt by the Employee on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of severance benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such severance benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless the Company and the Employee otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section 3(b) shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants immediately prior to the Change of Control (the “Accountants”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Employee and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 3(b), the Accountants may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Employee shall furnish to the Accountants such information and documents as the Accountants may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section 3(b). The Company shall bear all costs the Accountants may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 3(b).
4. Definition of Terms. The following terms referred to in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
(a) Base Compensation. “Base Compensation” means the Employee’s (i) annual base salary paid by the Company for services performed as in effect on the Termination Date; and (ii) target cash bonus and/or other forms of cash incentive compensation for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control is effective.
(b) Cause. “Cause” means:
(i) the Employee’s continued intentional and demonstrable failure to perform his or her duties customarily associated with the Employee’s position as an employee of the Company or its respective successors or assigns, as applicable (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee’s mental or physical Disability) after the Employee has received a written demand of performance from the Company which specifically sets forth the factual basis for the Company’s belief that the Employee has not devoted sufficient time and effort to the performance of his or her duties and has failed to cure such non-performance within thirty (30) days after receiving such notice (it being understood that if the Employee is in good faith performing his or her duties, but is not achieving results the Company deems satisfactory for the Employee’s position, it will not be considered to be grounds for termination of the Employee for “Cause”);
(ii) the Employee’s conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony that the Board reasonably believes has had or will have a material detrimental effect on the Company’s reputation or business;
(iii) the Employee’s commission of an act of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation, willful misconduct, or breach of fiduciary duty against, and causing material harm to, the Company or its respective successors or assigns, as applicable;
(iv) the Employee’s unauthorized use of the Company’s material confidential information; or
(v) the Employee’s prohibited or unauthorized competitive activity.
Exhibit 10.26
The Employee will receive notice and an opportunity to be heard before the Board with the Employee’s own attorney before any termination for Cause is deemed effective. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Board may immediately place the Employee on administrative leave (with full pay and benefits to the extent legally permissible) but will allow reasonable access to Company information, employees and business should the Employee wish to avail himself and prepare for his or her opportunity to be heard before the Board prior to the Board’s termination for Cause. If the Employee avails himself or herself of the Employee’s opportunity to be heard before the Board, and then fails to make himself or herself available to the Board within thirty (30) days of such request to be heard, the Board may thereafter cancel the administrative leave and terminate the Employee for Cause. Likewise, if the Board fails to make itself available to the Employee and his or her counsel within thirty (30) days of the Employee’s request to be heard, Employee will be entitled to terminate his or her employment with the Company and such termination will be treated as a resignation by Employee for Involuntary Termination.
(c) Change of Control. “Change of Control” means (A) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any merger, consolidation or other form of reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued, by the acquiring entity or its subsidiary, but excluding any transaction effected primarily for the purpose of changing the Company’s jurisdiction of incorporation), unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to such transaction or series of related transactions will, immediately after such transaction or series of related transactions hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board and in which the Board determines is not a Change of Control for the purposes of this Agreement will not be considered a Change of Control, or (B) a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.
(d) Disability. “Disability” means the Employee has been unable to perform his or her Company duties as the result of his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness, and such inability, at least twenty-six (26) weeks after its commencement or 180 days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Employee or the Employee’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld). Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate the Employee’s employment. In the event that the Employee resumes the performance of substantially all of his or her duties hereunder before the termination of his or her employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.
(e) Involuntary Termination. “Involuntary Termination” means termination of the Employee’s employment, without the Employee’s consent, by the Company for any reason other than Cause.
(f) Release of Claims. “Release of Claims” shall mean a waiver by the Employee, in a form satisfactory to the Company, of all employment-related obligations of and claims and causes of action against the Company, and a non-disparagement agreement by the Employee in a form satisfactory to the Company. Whenever in this Agreement a payment or benefit is conditioned on Employee’s execution of a Release of Claims, such Release of Claims must be executed, and all applicable revocation periods shall have expired, within sixty (60) days after the date of termination, failing which such payment or benefit shall be forfeited. If such payment or benefit constitutes non-exempt “deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and if such 60-day period begins in one calendar year and ends in the next calendar year, the payment or benefit shall not be made or commence before the second such calendar year, even if the Release of Claims becomes irrevocable in the first such calendar year.
(g) Resignation for Good Reason. “Resignation for Good Reason” shall mean a resignation by Employee following a Change of Control and following the occurrence of one of the following:
Exhibit 10.26
(i) a material reduction in the Employee’s Base Compensation;
(ii) any material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement which continues uncured for thirty (30) days following notice thereof;
(iii) a material reduction in the Employee’s duties, responsibilities or authority; or
(iv) a change of fifty (50) miles or more of the geographic location at which the Employee must primarily perform services for the Company.
Any purported Resignation for Good Reason pursuant to Section 4(g)(i) through (g)(iv) above will not be effective until the Employee has delivered to the Company, within sixty (60) days of the initial existence of the Good Reason condition, a written explanation that describes the basis for the Employee’s belief that the Employee should be permitted to terminate the Employee’s employment and have it treated as a Resignation for Good Reason and the Company has been given thirty (30) days following delivery of such notice to cure any curable violation. In no instance will a resignation by Employee be deemed to be a Resignation for Good Reason if it is made more than twelve (12) months following the initial existence of one or more of the conditions that constitute Good Reason hereunder.
(h) Termination Date. “Termination Date” shall mean the date on which an event that would constitute an Involuntary Termination or a Resignation for Good Reason occurs, or the later of (i) the date on which a notice of termination is given, or (ii) the date (which shall not be more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice) specified in such notice.
5. Successors.
(a) Company’s Successors. Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets shall assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement pursuant to this subsection (a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.
(b) Employee’s Successors. The terms of this Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
6. Notice.
(a) General. Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. In the case of the Employee, mailed notices shall be addressed to the Employee at the home address that the Employee most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Chief Executive Officer or principal human resources person.
Exhibit 10.26
(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by the Company for Cause or by the Employee as a result of a voluntary resignation or an Involuntary Termination or Resignation for Good Cause shall be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 6(a) of this Agreement. Such notice shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and shall specify the termination date (which shall be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Employee to include in the notice any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Involuntary Termination or Resignation for Good Cause shall not waive any right of the Employee hereunder or preclude the Employee from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Employee’s rights hereunder.
7. Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement shall be one year from the Effective Date; provided, however, that this Agreement shall automatically renew for successive 1-year periods unless either party gives the other party notice, at least 60 days in advance of the next renewal date, of such party’s intent that this Agreement terminate effective as of such next renewal date, in which case the Agreement shall terminate as of such next renewal date; provided further, however, that in the event a Change of Control that precedes the effective date of any such termination, the term of this Agreement shall extend at least until the one (1)-year anniversary of such Change of Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employee becomes entitled to benefits pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b) of this Agreement, this Agreement will not terminate until, but will terminate at, such time that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.
8. Miscellaneous Provisions.
(a) No Duty to Mitigate. The Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement.
(b) Waiver and Amendment. No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, amended, waived or discharged unless the modification, amendment, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Employee and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Employee). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
(c) Whole Agreement. No agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the Existing Agreements have been made or entered into by either party with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(d) Severance Provisions in Other Agreements. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the severance provisions set forth in this Agreement shall supersede any such provisions in any other agreement entered into between the Employee and the Company.
(e) Choice of Law. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.
(f) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(g) No Assignment of Benefits. The rights of any person to payments or benefits under this Agreement shall not be made subject to option or assignment, either by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, including (without limitation) bankruptcy, garnishment, attachment or other creditor’s process, and any action in violation of this subsection shall be void.
Exhibit 10.26
(h) Withholding. All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes. If the Company does not make such withholdings on Employee’s behalf, Employee shall pay when due all such taxes (and any related penalties and interest) imposed on Employee and shall indemnify the Company for Employee’s failure to do so.
(i) Assignment by Company. The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to an affiliate, and an affiliate may assign its rights under this Agreement to another affiliate of the Company or to the Company; provided, however, that no assignment shall be made if the net worth of the assignee is less than the net worth of the Company at the time of assignment. In the case of any such assignment, the term “Company” when used in a section of this Agreement shall mean the corporation that actually employs the Employee.
(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
Exhibit 10.26
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
| COMPANY: | TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC. | |||||||
| By: | /s/ John F. Sheridan | |||||||
| John F. Sheridan | ||||||||
| President and Chief Executive Officer | ||||||||
| EMPLOYEE: | By: | /s/ Elizabeth Gasser | ||||||
| Elizabeth Gasser | ||||||||
Exhibit 10.28
Amendment No. 2 to Distributor Agreement
Unomedical a/s and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
[***]: Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with asterisks because the identified confidential portions (i) are not material, and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.
This amendment ( “Amendment No. 2”) is entered into effective as of January 30, 2025 (the “Amendment Effective Date”) by and between Unomedical a/s, a Danish corporation having its principal place of business at Aaholmvej 1-3, Osted, 4320 Lejre, Denmark (“Company”), and Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 12400 High Bluff Drive, San Diego, California, 92130, USA (“Distributor”) (each individually a “Party” and collectively the “Parties”).
Capitalised terms not defined in this Amendment No. 2 shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Agreement (as defined below).
WHEREAS
A.Company and Distributor have entered into a Distributor Agreement dated 14 January, 2022, as amended via Amendment No. 1 dated May 8, 2024 (collectively, the “Agreement”);
B.The Parties now wish to amend the Agreement again to add [***] to the Product known as [***];
As such, the Parties agree to amend the Agreement as set forth below:
3.7 MANUFACTURE AND SUPPLY OF PRODUCTS WITH CUSTOM LUER
Section 3.7.e is added as follows:
e. In accordance with the Specifications for [***], as revised per this Amendment No. 2, and the terms of the Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 2, Company shall make available as a Product under the Agreement the [***]. Company shall (i) provide [***], [***] and (ii) register or support the registration of the [***] Product in [***] (collectively, the "Registration Countries"). Company shall promptly provide Distributor with written notice when a registration is filed in each of the Registration Countries, when each registration is approved, and will provide a redacted copy of the obtained licenses. In the cases where an unredacted copy is required to respond to inquiries from competent authorities or regulators in certain countries, Company shall provide such unredacted copy directly to local competent authorities and regulators. Distributor shall promptly inform Company when registrations are obtained in countries where the Distributor carries the registration burden and where Company will provide full support. The Distributor shall be responsible for obtaining registrations in [***]. Distributor shall share with Company a copy of the obtained licenses or, if required by contract, law or regulation, confirmation of approval of the license and a redacted copy of the obtained license; however, certain information such as the Product name of the infusion set, and the license number, should not be redacted from the copy.
Distributor shall pay Company for non-reoccurring [***] associated with the addition of [***] to the Agreement in a total amount of [***], and in accordance with the below scheduled milestones. No payment will be due until each milestone is achieved. Upon the achievement of each milestone, Company shall invoice Distributor for payments in the amount shown below. Distributor shall pay such invoices within forty-five (45) days of receipt by Distributor. Invoices and payments will be in United States Dollars.
Exhibit 10.28
[***]
[***]
Exhibit 10.28
Exhibit B-1 – [***]
[***]
Exhibit 10.28
The Parties have caused this Amendment No. 2 to be executed as of the Amendment Effective Date.
Unomedical For and on behalf of Unomedical a/s:
/s/ Kjersti Grimsrud
Name: Kjersti Grimsrud
Title: President and COO Infusion Care
Date: 1/31/2025
Tandem For and on behalf of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc:
/s/ Elizabeth Gasser
Name: Elizabeth Gasser
Title: EVP, Chief Strategy Officer & Product Officer
Date: 1/31/2025
Date: 1/31/2025
Exhibit 10.28
[***]
Exhibit 10.29
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY
Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) believes that the granting of equity and cash compensation to its members of the Board of Directors (the “Board,” and members of the Board, the “Directors”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “Non-Employee Directors”). This Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity to its Non-Employee Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Each Non-Employee Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Non-Employee Director as a result of the equity and cash payments such Non-Employee Director receives under this Policy.
1.Cash Compensation
Annual Cash Retainer
Each Non-Employee Director will be paid an annual cash retainer. There are no per‑meeting attendance fees for attending Board meetings.
Lead Independent Director Cash Retainer
A Non-Employee Director, if any, who serves as Lead Independent Director of the Board will be eligible to an additional annual fee of $25,000 for such service.
Non-Employee Director and Committee Annual Cash Retainer
Each Non-Employee Director earns a cash retainer for service on the Board and an additional amount for service on each committee of which the Non-Employee Director is a member and the chair of each committee earns a higher annual retainer for such service (which is in lieu of, and not in addition to, member annual retainers) as follows:
| Member Annual Retainer | Chair Annual Retainer | |||||||
| Board of Directors | $55,000 | $105,000 | ||||||
| Audit Committee | $11,000 | $25,000 | ||||||
| Compensation Committee | $9,000 | $20,000 | ||||||
| Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee | $7,000 | $17,000 | ||||||
| Cybersecurity and Data Privacy Subcommittee | $6,000 | $15,000 | ||||||
Each annual cash retainer will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis.
2.Equity Compensation
Non-Employee Directors will be entitled to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan (or the applicable equity plan in place at the time of grant), including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Non-Employee Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions, subject to the Non-Employee Director remaining a Non-Employee Director through the applicable grant date:
(a) No Discretion. No person will have any discretion to select which Non-Employee Directors will be granted any Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards.
Exhibit 10.29
(b) Initial Awards. Each individual who first becomes an Non-Employee Director following the effective date of the Policy, whether through election by the stockholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy, will be granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (an “Initial Award” with a Value of approximately $300,000 (the “Initial Value”), provided that the quantity of shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares) is determined by dividing the Initial Value by the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the 15-trading day period ending on the 5th trading day prior to the date on which such individual first becomes an Non-Employee Director, or such other methodology the Board or Compensation Committee may determine prior to the grant of the full value Award becoming effective. Each Initial Award will be granted automatically on such date without the need for additional action by the Board or Compensation Committee.
(c) Annual Award. Each Non-Employee Director will be automatically granted an award of Restricted Stock Units (an “Annual Award”) with a value of approximately $180,000 (the “Annual Value”), provided that the quantity of shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of shares) is determined by dividing the Annual Value by the average closing price of the Company’s common stock for the 15-trading day period ending on the 5th trading day prior to the date of the annual meeting of the Company’s stockholders, or such other methodology the Board or Compensation Committee may determine prior to the grant of the Annual Award becoming effective. Each Annual Award will be granted automatically on such date without the need for additional action by the Board or Compensation Committee.
(d) Terms. The terms and conditions of each Initial Award and Annual Award will be as follows:
i.Each Initial Award will be scheduled to vest as to one third (1/3) of the Shares subject to such Initial Award on each annual anniversary of the commencement of the Non-Employee Director’s service as a Non-Employee Director, if on such dates the Non-Employee Director has remained in continuous service as a Director.
ii.Each Annual Award will be scheduled to vest as to all of the Shares subject to such Annual Award on the first anniversary of the date of grant of such Annual Award, if on such date the Non-Employee Director has remained in continuous service as a Director.
iii.Each Initial Award and Annual Award will fully vest and, if applicable, become exercisable if the Company experiences a Change in Control; provided that the Non-Employee Director continues to serve as a Director through the effective date of such event.
3.Travel Expenses
Each Non-Employee Director’s reasonable, customary and documented travel expenses to attend Board or Committee meetings will be reimbursed by the Company.
4.Section 409A
In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, or (b) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the final regulations and guidance thereunder, as may be amended from time to time (together, “Section 409A”). It is the intent of this Policy that this Policy and all payments hereunder be exempt from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company reimburse an Non-Employee Director for any taxes imposed or other costs incurred as a result of Section 409A.
Exhibit 19.1
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
1.PURPOSE
1.1. Statement of Policies and Procedures Governing Material Nonpublic Information and the Prevention of Insider Trading.
The purchase or sale of securities while possessing material nonpublic (“inside”) information or the disclosure of inside information (“tipping”) to others who may trade in such securities is sometimes referred to as “insider trading” and is prohibited by federal and state securities laws. Illegal insider trading occurs when a person buys or sells a security when in possession of inside information in violation of a duty of trust or confidence. As an essential part of your work, you may have or obtain access to inside information about Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (including information about other companies with which the Company does, or may do, business). When we refer in this Policy to “Tandem” or the “Company,” we are referring to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and any of its current or future subsidiaries.
Tandem has adopted this Insider Trading Policy (“Policy”) to assist the Company in preventing illegal insider trading and to avoid even the appearance of improper conduct on the part of any director, officer, employee or contractor of the Company. This Policy is designed to protect and further Tandem’s reputation for integrity and ethical conduct. However, the ultimate responsibility for complying with the securities laws, adhering to this Policy and avoiding improper transactions rests with you. It is imperative that you use your best judgment and that you ask questions when you are uncertain how to handle a particular situation.
The prohibition against insider trading is absolute. It applies even if the decision to trade is not based on such material nonpublic information. It also applies to transactions that may be necessary or justifiable for independent reasons (such as the need to raise money for an emergency expenditure) and also to very small transactions. All that matters is whether you are aware of any material nonpublic information relating to Tandem at the time of the transaction.
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) has delegated to its Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Committee”) the responsibility of administering this Policy. The Committee may from time to time recommend to the Board changes to this Policy. All changes to this Policy must be approved by the Board. This Policy was amended and restated by the Board on January 31, 2024.
2. PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING
The penalties for violating the insider trading laws include imprisonment, disgorgement of profits gained or losses avoided, and substantial civil and criminal fines. As of the effective date of this Policy, an insider trading violation carries a maximum prison sentence of 20 years. Criminal fines can reach up to $5.0 million for individuals and $25.0 million for entities, and civil sanctions may include an injunction, industry bar, disgorgement and penalties of up to three times the profit gained or loss avoided. Individuals and entities considered to be “control persons” who knew or recklessly disregarded the fact that a “controlled person” was likely to engage in insider trading also may be civilly liable. As of the effective date of this Policy the civil liability of “control persons” can be the greater of (i) $1.0 million or (ii) three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided. For this purpose, a “control person” is an entity or person who directly or indirectly controls another person, and could include the Company, its directors and officers. Under some circumstances, individuals who trade on inside information may also be subjected to private civil lawsuits. Moreover, as the inside information of Tandem is the property of the Company, trading on or tipping Tandem’s confidential information could result in serious employment sanctions, up to and including termination of employment.
Exhibit 19.1
You should be aware that the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and the Nasdaq Stock Market use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to investigate and detect insider trading, and the SEC and the U.S. Department of Justice pursue insider trading violations vigorously. Cases involving trading through foreign accounts, trading by family members and friends, and trading involving only a small number of shares have been successfully prosecuted.
3. SCOPE AND APPLICABILITY
3.1.Covered Persons. This Policy applies to all directors, officers, employees and, where appropriate in the Company's determination, contractors, within all of Tandem’s operations. All persons covered by this Policy are referred to as “Covered Persons.” This Policy also applies to family members and domestic partners who share a household with a Covered Person.
3.2. Restricted Persons. Sections 8 through 10 of this Policy impose additional obligations and restrictions on individuals who are designated in this Policy or in writing by the Company’s Compliance Officer as “Restricted Persons.” Restricted Persons include:
3.2.1 Members of the Board;
3.2.2 Executive Officers;
3.2.3 Employees with the title of “Vice President” or above;
3.2.4 Members of the Commercial, Finance, IT and Operations Departments with the title of “Associate Director” or above;
3.2.5 Designated positions or individual employees as determined by the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Compliance Officer or General Counsel. Any such designated persons will be promptly notified that they are subject to this Policy;
3.2.6 Executive Assistants of any of the persons listed above;
3.2.7 Family members, domestic partners or other persons who share a household with any of the persons listed above, as well as family members of a person listed above who live in a separate household but whose transactions in Company securities are directed or influenced by such person; and
3.2.8 Any other individual whom the Compliance Officer may designate as a “Restricted Person” because they have, or may have, access to inside information concerning the Company (as determined in the sole discretion of the Compliance Officer).
Any person designated as a Restricted Person by title or express designation as set forth above (i) must comply with this Policy (as a Restricted Person) until notified otherwise in writing by the Compliance Officer, and (ii) in the event of termination or separation from the Company, shall continue to be designated by the Company as a Restricted Person until such time as such person is no longer in possession of inside information.
3.3 Covered Securities and Transactions. Subject to the specific exceptions set forth in Section 5.2, this Policy applies to all transactions in the Company’s securities, including common stock and any other type of securities that are convertible into, exchangeable for or exercisable for common stock, such as preferred stock, convertible debt securities, warrants, and other derivative securities. This Policy applies to sales, purchases, gifts, exchanges, pledges, options, hedges, puts, calls and short sales, and any other transaction that purports to transfer the economic consequences of ownership.
Exhibit 19.1
This Policy applies to all investment decisions you influence or make regarding transactions in Company securities. For example, if you influence or have the power to direct the purchase or sale of Company securities by virtue of your position as a director or officer of a corporation or non-profit organization, as a general partner of a partnership, as a managing member of a limited liability company (“LLC”), or as a trustee of a trust or executor of an estate, or as a result of any other relationship with any of the foregoing that results in your influence or control of investment decisions, then all transactions in Company securities made on behalf of any such corporation, organization, partnership, LLC, trust or estate are covered by this Policy.
This Policy also applies to trading in securities of another company if you learn inside information in the course of, or as a result of, your employment or association with Tandem that is material to another company, including but not limited to a customer, supplier, partner or collaborator of Tandem or an economically-linked company such as a competitor of Tandem. In such case, you may not trade in that other company’s securities until the information becomes public or is no longer material to that other company. For example, if you learn of nonpublic information during the course of your relationship with Tandem that could affect the stock price of a Tandem competitor, you may not trade in that competitor’s stock until the information becomes public or is no longer material.
You are expected to comply with this Policy until such time as you no longer provide service to the Company and you no longer possess any inside information subject to this Policy. In addition, if you are subject to a trading blackout under this Policy at the time you cease to provide service to the Company, you are expected to abide by the applicable trading restrictions until at least the end of the relevant blackout period.
The U.S. federal securities laws do not recognize any mitigating circumstances to insider trading. There may be instances where you need to forgo a planned transaction even if you planned it before becoming aware of the inside information. So, even if you believe you may suffer an economic loss or sacrifice an anticipated profit by waiting to trade, you must wait. Personal financial emergency or other personal circumstances are not mitigating factors under securities laws and will not excuse a failure to comply with this Policy. See Section 9.4 for additional information about selling Company securities in connection with a financial hardship.
3.4. Delivery of the Policy. This Policy will be delivered to all new directors, officers, employees and, where appropriate in the Company's determination, contractors, at the commencement of their employment or association with the Company.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1. Insider Trading. In general, “insider trading” occurs when a person purchases or sells a security while in possession of inside information in breach of a duty of trust or confidence owed directly or indirectly to the issuer of the security, the issuer’s stockholders or the source of the information. “Inside information” is information which is considered both “material” and “nonpublic.” Insider trading is a crime, may subject you to serious financial penalties and termination of employment, and is strictly prohibited by this Policy. Please refer to Section 2 of this Policy for additional information.
4.2. Materiality. A fact is considered “material” if (i) there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities, or (ii) disclosure of the information would be expected to significantly alter the total mix of the information in the marketplace about the issuer of the security. Material information can reflect either good or bad news and is not limited to financial information. While it is impossible to list all types of information that might be deemed “material” under particular circumstances, information dealing with the following subjects affecting the Company would generally be considered material:
4.2.1. projections of future revenues, expenses, margins, earnings, losses or liquidity position;
4.2.2. anticipated or actual Company financial results for a quarter and/or year;
Exhibit 19.1
4.2.3. restatements of financial results, or material impairments, write-offs or restructurings;
4.2.4. commercial launch of new products by the Company;
4.2.5. changes in product pricing or discount policies;
4.2.6. news of a pending or proposed joint venture, merger or acquisition;
4.2.7. news of a significant sale, disposition or write-downs of assets;
4.2.8. a disruption in Tandem’s operations or breach or unauthorized access of its property or assets, including its facilities and information technology infrastructure;
4.2.9. news of the execution or termination of significant contracts or other commercial arrangements with customers, distributors, payors, suppliers, strategic partners, licensors or other third-parties;
4.2.10. changes in dividend policies or amounts, recapitalizations or stock splits;
4.2.11. offerings of securities or other financing developments;
4.2.12. repurchases of securities;
4.2.13. repayment, conversion or incurrence of indebtedness;
4.2.14. changes or proposed changes in senior management or other major personnel changes, labor disputes or negotiations;
4.2.15. results of clinical trials;
4.2.16. regulatory developments for new or existing products;
4.2.17. developments in research and development or intellectual property; and
4.2.18. announcements of significant litigation or government investigations, including any change in status or the resolution thereof.
4.3. Nonpublic Information. Information is “nonpublic” if it has not been widely disclosed to the general public through major newswire services, national news services, financial news services, filings with the SEC, or other method that has been determined by the SEC to be compliant with Regulation FD. For purposes of this Policy, information will be considered public (i.e., no longer “nonpublic”) after the close of trading on the full trading day following the Company’s public release of the information.
4.4. Tipping. “Tipping” is the disclosure of material nonpublic information concerning the Company or its securities to an outside person. Providing insider information to anyone who thereafter trades on the basis of that information may subject both you (the “tipper”) and the other person (the “tippee”) to insider trading liability.
5. PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES
5.1. Prohibitions. Except for the limited exceptions described below, the following shall apply to all transactions in Company securities:
Exhibit 19.1
5.1.1. No Covered Person may purchase, sell, transfer or effectuate any other transaction in Company securities while in possession of inside information concerning the Company or its securities. This prohibition includes sales of shares received upon exercise of stock options, upon vesting of restricted stock, or upon settlement of restricted stock units.
5.1.2. No Covered Person may “tip” or disclose inside information concerning the Company or its securities to any outside person (including family members, affiliates, analysts, investors, members of the investment community and news media). Should a Covered Person inadvertently disclose such information to an outside person, the Covered Person must promptly inform the Compliance Officer (or, in the absence of the Compliance Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel) regarding this disclosure. In that event, the Company will either take steps necessary to (i) preserve the confidentiality of the information, including requiring the outside person to agree in writing to comply with the terms of this Policy and/or sign a confidentiality agreement, or (ii) disclose the information publicly in accordance with the requirements of Regulation FD.
5.1.3. No Covered Person may purchase Company securities on margin, hold Company securities in a margin account, or otherwise pledge Company securities as collateral for a loan because, in the event of a margin call or default on the loan, the broker or lender could sell the shares at a time when the Covered Person is in possession of inside information, resulting in liability for insider trading. The Compensation Committee of the Board may make exceptions to this prohibition on a case-by-case basis.
5.1.4. Short-term and speculative trading in Company securities, as well as hedging and other derivative transactions involving Company securities, can create the appearance of impropriety and may become the subject of an SEC or FINRA investigation. These types of transactions can also result in inadvertent violations of insider trading laws and/or liability for “short-swing” profits under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). Therefore, it is the Company’s policy to prohibit the following activities, even if you are not in possession of inside information:
5.1.4.1. No Covered Person may trade in any interest or position relating to the future price of Company securities, such as put or call options or other derivative securities, or enter into any short sale of Company securities.
5.1.4.2. No Covered Person may hedge the value of Company securities. A “hedge” is a transaction designed to offset or reduce the risk of a decline in the market value of an equity security, and can include, but is not limited to, prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars and exchange funds.
5.1.4.3. No Covered Person may trade in securities of the Company on an active basis, including short-term speculation.
5.1.5. No Covered Person may trade in securities of another company if the Covered Person is in possession of inside information about that other company, or that would be material to an investment decision in that other company’s securities, which the Covered Person learned in the course of, or as a result of, his or her employment or association with Tandem.
5.1.6. No Covered Person shall make any information about the Company publicly available, including by posting information about the Company on any Internet message board or social media site, except to the extent specifically authorized to do so.
5.2. Exceptions to Prohibited Activities. Prohibitions in trading securities under this Policy do not include:
Exhibit 19.1
5.2.1 The acceptance or purchase of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards issued or offered by the Company, and the vesting, cancellation or forfeiture of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other equity awards in accordance with applicable plans and agreements.
5.2.2 The exercise of vested stock options or warrants, either on a “cash for stock” or “stock for stock” basis, where no Company stock is sold (by the Covered Person, the Company or otherwise) to fund the option or warrant exercise. However, note that while vested stock options and warrants may be exercised at any time under this Policy, the sale of any stock acquired upon such exercise is subject to this Policy.
5.2.3 The receipt of Company stock upon vesting of restricted stock or settlement of restricted stock units, as well as the withholding of Company stock by the Company in payment of tax obligations, provided that no Company stock is sold (by the Covered Person, the Company or otherwise) in connection with the payment of tax obligations.
5.2.4. Elections with respect to participation in the Company’s employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) or to purchases of Company stock under the ESPP, provided that the sale of any stock acquired through the ESPP is subject to this Policy.
5.2.5. Company securities purchased or sold under a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan that has been approved in advance by the Compliance Officer (see Sections 8 and 10 below).
5.2.6. Transfers of Company stock by a Covered Person into a trust for which the Covered Person is a trustee, or from the trust back into the name of the Covered Person.
5.2.7. Transfers of Company securities by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution.
5.2.8. Bona fide gifts of Company securities following receipt of written approval by the Compliance Officer, unless the donor of the gift knows or should have known that that the recipient of the gift will sell the Company securities soon after receiving them (and provided that the Compliance Officer shall retain the discretion to require the recipient to certify that it will comply with the terms of this Policy as a “Covered Person”).
5.2.9. Bona fide charitable donations to an organization that has obtained 501(c)(3) tax exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code following receipt of written approval by the Compliance Officer, unless the donor of the charitable donation knows or should have known that that the recipient of the donation will sell the Company securities soon after receiving them (and provided that the Compliance Officer shall retain the discretion to require the organization to certify that it will comply with the terms of this Policy as a “Covered Person”).
5.2.10. Private securities transactions not expressly prohibited under Section 5.1. above between a Covered Person and a sophisticated party provided that (i) if it is proposed by the Covered Person that inside information is to be provided to the sophisticated party, any such information shall only be provided by the Company in the Company’s sole discretion, and then, if so disclosed, only after the party has entered into a non-disclosure agreement with the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and (ii) the party agrees to any restrictions under the federal securities laws that the Company may impose on the party’s ability to effect transactions in any Company securities purchased by the party.
5.2.11. Purchases and sales of mutual funds, exchange traded funds or other similar funds or investment vehicles that invest in securities of the Company and with respect to which the Covered Person is a passive investor and has no rights with respect to the voting or disposition of any Company securities, and purchases and sales of Company securities by any such entity.
Exhibit 19.1
6. COMPANY COMPLIANCE OFFICER
Any Covered Person who is unsure whether the information they possess constitutes inside information, or whether a specific transaction is covered by this Policy, should consult with the Compliance Officer for guidance. In the event that the Compliance Officer is not available, the Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel may perform the duties of the Compliance Officer hereunder. In addition, the Compliance Officer may designate one or more individuals to perform the Compliance Officer’s duties (which may include the Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel). The determinations of the Compliance Officer or any designated individual, as applicable, under this Policy are final.
The duties and responsibilities of the Compliance Officer include the following:
6.1. Administering and interpreting this Policy and monitoring and enforcing compliance with all of its provisions and procedures.
6.2. Responding to all inquiries relating to this Policy and its procedures.
6.3. Designating and announcing special trading blackout periods during which trading in Company securities is prohibited by specific persons.
6.4. Recommending revisions of this Policy (with the assistance of outside legal counsel as necessary) to reflect changes in applicable laws, regulations or listing standards, provided that all changes to this Policy must be approved by the Board.
6.5. Annually providing or otherwise making available copies of this Policy to all Covered Persons and overseeing periodic training related to this Policy.
6.6. Ensuring the maintenance of records required by the provisions of this Policy.
6.7. Such other duties and responsibilities as are consistent with the terms of this Policy.
7. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION RELATING TO THE COMPANY
7.1. Access to Information. Risk of insider trading violations by individuals employed or contracted with the Company can be substantially limited by restricting the pool of individuals with access to inside information to the greatest extent possible. Access to inside information about the Company should be limited to officers, directors, employees and contractors of the Company on a need-to-know basis. In addition, such information should not be communicated to anyone outside of the Company, unless such person has signed an appropriate non-disclosure agreement prior to dissemination of the information. When communication of inside information about the Company becomes necessary, all directors, officers, employees, and contractors must take care to emphasize the need for confidential treatment of such information and adherence to the Company’s policies with regard to confidential information.
7.2 Disclosure of Information. Inside Company information is the property of Tandem and the confidentiality of this information must be strictly maintained within the Company. Only the Company’s executive officers, as such are determined from time to time by the Board, are authorized to disclose inside information about the Company to the public, members of the investment community or stockholders, unless one of these officers has expressly authorized disclosure of such information by another employee in advance. All inquiries regarding the Company should be directed to the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer, Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel, or other senior financial officers, and no other comment should be provided.
Exhibit 19.1
8. PRE-CLEARANCE REQUIRED FOR TRADING BY RESTRICTED PERSONS AND FOR TRADING PLANS ENTERED INTO BY COVERED PERSONS
All Restricted Persons must pre-clear all transactions in Company securities as provided below:
8.1. The Restricted Person proposing to effectuate a trade or other transaction in Company securities must submit a completed Request for Approval to Trade Securities Form to the Compliance Officer in accordance with the instructions provided on Exhibit A, or as may otherwise be approved by the Compliance Officer and communicated to the Restricted Persons from time to time.
8.2. The Compliance Officer must approve the proposed trade or other transaction in writing. If the proposed transaction is not completed within five trading days after the Restricted Person has received pre-clearance (or fewer trading days, if so designated as a condition to receiving clearance), pre-clearance for the transaction (or any unfilled portion) must be re-requested since circumstances may have changed over that time period.
8.3. The Compliance Officer’s decision with respect to the pre-clearance of a particular trade or other transaction, whether approved or denied, shall be final and shall be kept confidential by the requestor.
All Covered Persons must pre-clear any Rule 10b5-1 trading plan (“Trading Plan”) as provided below:
8.4 Any Covered Person who wishes to implement a Trading Plan must first pre-clear the Trading Plan, and any renewals, amendments or modifications of the Trading Plan, with the Compliance Officer (or, in the case of the Compliance Officer, with the Committee). To obtain pre-clearance for implementing, renewing, amending or modifying any 10b5-1 Trading Plan please email a completed Request for Approval to Trade Securities Form to the Company’s Compliance Officer at preclearance@tandemdiabetes.com and copy the Company’s stock plan administrator.
8.5 The Compliance Officer must approve the Trading Plan, or any renewals, amendments or modifications, in writing. If the proposed Trading Plan is not entered into, renewed, amended or modified within five trading days after the Covered Person has received pre-clearance (or fewer trading days, if so designated as a condition to receiving clearance), pre-clearance for the Trading Plan must be re-requested since circumstances may have changed over that time period.
For additional information regarding the adoption of a Trading Plan and the applicable requirements and limitations, see Section 10 below.
9. BLACKOUT PERIODS
9.1. Regular Blackout Periods for Restricted Persons. As a matter of good corporate governance, the Company institutes trading blackout periods during predetermined time periods. Restricted Persons may not trade or effectuate any other transactions in Company securities during the period that begins with the day that is the fifteenth calendar day before the end of the fiscal quarter and continues until the close of trading on the first full trading day after the Company’s public release of quarterly or annual financial results. Trades or other transactions made pursuant to an approved 10b5-1 Trading Plan (but not the adoption, renewal, amendment, modification or termination of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan; see Section 10 below) and pursuant to a Hardship Exemption (see Section 9.4 below) are exempted from this restriction.
Exhibit 19.1
9.2. Special Blackout Periods. From time to time, the Compliance Officer may determine that trading or transacting in Company securities is inappropriate during an otherwise open trading window due to the existence, or potential existence, of inside information. Accordingly, the Compliance Officer may prohibit trading or other transactions at any time by announcing a special blackout period and the scope of impacted personnel (which may include designated Restricted or Covered Persons). The Compliance Officer will provide written notice of any modification of the trading blackout policy or any additional prohibition on trading during the period when trading or other transactions are otherwise permitted under this Policy. The existence of a special blackout period should be considered confidential information and any Covered Person to whom the special blackout period applies shall be prohibited from communicating the existence of the special blackout period to anyone to whom the special blackout period does not apply.
9.3. Hardship Trading Exceptions. The Compliance Officer may, on a case-by-case basis, authorize trading or transactions in Company securities during a trading blackout period due to financial or other hardship. Any Covered Person wanting to rely on this exception must first notify the Compliance Officer in writing of the circumstance of the hardship and the amount and nature of the proposed trade or transaction. Such person will also be required to certify to the Compliance Officer in writing no earlier than two trading days prior to the proposed trade or transaction that they are not in possession of inside information concerning the Company or its securities. Upon authorization from the Compliance Officer, the person may trade or transact, although such person will be responsible for ensuring that any such trade or transaction complies in all other respects with this Policy.
9.4. No Safe Harbors. There are no unconditional “safe harbors” for trades or transactions made at particular times, and all persons subject to this Policy must exercise good judgment at all times. Even when a regular blackout period is not in effect, you may be prohibited from engaging in any transactions involving the Company’s securities because you possess inside information concerning the Company or its securities, are subject to a special blackout period, or are otherwise restricted under this Policy.
10. RULE 10B5-1 PLANS
A Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan is a contract to purchase, sell or otherwise transact securities according to a written instruction or plan established prior to effecting any transactions in the securities. In general, a Trading Plan must set forth a non-discretionary trading method by leaving the amount of securities to be purchased, sold or otherwise transacted and the price and date for each event to either (i) a written specification, (ii) a written formula, or (iii) a third party.
While adoption of a Trading Plan does not obviate the requirement to otherwise comply with insider trading laws, it does provide an affirmative defense to a claim that the insider acted on the basis of material, nonpublic information, even if an individual was aware of such information at the time of the transaction.
To be adopted in good faith, the Trading Plan must be adopted, renewed, amended or modified when the individual has no knowledge of inside information, and the plan must not be made as part of a scheme to fraudulently evade insider trading prohibitions.
In addition to obtaining pre-clearance of a Trading Plan as required by Section 8 above, a Trading Plan must meet the following requirements and specifications:
10.1. No Adoption During Blackout Period. A Trading Plan involving the Company’s securities may not be adopted, renewed, amended or modified by any Covered Person during any blackout period, even if the individual is not then in possession of any inside information.
10.2 Minimum 90-Day Cooling-Off Period for Directors and Officers: A Trading Plan adopted by any director or officer may not commence until both (i) the passage of at least 90 calendar days after the
Exhibit 19.1
adoption, renewal, amendment, or modification of the Trading Plan, and (ii) the passage of at least two business days following the disclosure of the Company’s financial results in a Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter in which the Trading Plan was adopted, renewed, amended or modified (but in any event, the required cooling-off period is subject to a maximum of 120 calendar days after adoption, renewal, amendment or modification of the Trading Plan).
10.3 Cooling-Off Period for Covered Persons Who are Not Directors and Officers: The Trading Plan of a Covered Person who is not a director or officer may not commence until the passage of at least 30 calendar days following the adoption, renewal, amendment or modification of the Trading Plan.
10.4 Director and Officer Certifications: Any Trading Plan adopted by a director or officer must include a representation certifying that, at the time of the adoption, renewal, amendment or modification, the director or officer is: (i) not aware of material, nonpublic information about the Company or its securities; and (ii) adopting, renewing, amending or modifying the Trading Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1.
10.5 Prohibition on Multiple Overlapping Trading Plans: No multiple overlapping Trading Plans will be permitted unless qualifying for one of the following exceptions and pre-cleared by the Compliance Officer under Section 8: (i) a later-commencing Trading Plan that is not authorized to begin until after all trades under the earlier-commencing Trading Plan are completed or expired; provided, however, that if a participant terminates the existing Trading Plan after adoption of the replacement Trading Plan but prior to the existing Trading Plan’s scheduled expiration, the participant trades may not commence under the replacement Trading Plan until the expiration of the applicable waiting period set forth in Section 10.2 or 10.3 above, as applicable, measured from the date of termination of the existing Trading Plan; or (ii) an outstanding or additional Trading Plan qualifies as an eligible sell-to-cover transaction (i.e., a sale of securities for the purpose of generating funds to cover the withholding taxes associated with equity vesting and elections under 401(K) plans or employee stock purchase plans that may be structured as Trading Plans). In addition, if a participant enters into separate contracts at the same time with the same or different agents to execute trades that are collectively compliant with Rule 10b5-1, such contracts may be treated as a single Trading Plan and a material modification (i.e., one that affects the amount, price or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities underlying the Trading Plan) of any such contract will be considered a material modification of the other such contracts.
Any amendments or modifications to a Trading Plan must meet each of the requirements of a new Trading Plan as described above, except for administrative amendments or modifications that do not change the amount, price or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities underlying the Trading Plan. In addition, while this Policy does not limit the ability of a Covered Person to terminate a previously adopted Trading Plan, the termination of a Trading Plan need to be precleared with the Compliance Officer and would be strongly discouraged while in possession of MNPI. Any new Trading Plan adopted following the termination of a previously adopted Trading Plan must meet each of the requirements of a new Trading Plan as described above.
Transactions effected under an approved Trading Plan will not require further pre-clearance at the time of the transaction and will typically not be subject to future trading blackout periods (regular or special) that may be in effect under this Policy at the time of the transaction (although the Compliance Officer retains the discretion to terminate a Trading Plan during any blackout period).
The Compliance Officer may, from time to time, institute additional parameters and requirements regarding Trading Plans.
Purchases, sales and other transactions made pursuant to a Trading Plan must still comply with all other applicable reporting requirements under federal and state securities laws, including filings pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Exhibit 19.1
SEC rules require the Company to make disclosures concerning the Trading Plans adopted, renewed, amended, modified or terminated by its officers and directors, including names, titles, dates and duration of trading plans, and the aggregate number of securities to be sold or purchased pursuant to the trading plans. Accordingly, officers and directors must timely provide such information regarding their Trading Plan to the Compliance Officer.
Exhibit 19.1
Exhibit A
TRADING PRE-CLEARANCE INSTRUCTIONS
AND REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO TRADE SECURITIES FORM
Pre-clearance for Restricted Persons is mandatory. Tandem employee equity awards generally are held in Shareworks, Tandem’s online equity plan management vendor. Please request pre-clearance for transactions involving shares held in Shareworks, by logging into your Shareworks account, navigating to the Restricted Trades request section and submitting an online approval request. If you have questions about the process by which pre-clearance must be obtained, please email the Company’s Compliance Officer at preclearance@tandemdiabetes.com.
Instructions for Pre-Clearance of Purchase or Sale of Tandem Securities or Exercising Tandem Stock Options/Warrants Held Outside of Shareworks
For processing of your request to purchase or sell shares on the open market, or exercise options or warrants or other securities, please fill out the Request for Approval to Trade Securities Form and email the completed form to the Compliance Officer at preclearance@tandemdiabetes.com and copy the Company’s stock plan administrator.
If you are purchasing or selling shares on the open market, the Company requests that you place the following in the subject line of your email, as applicable: “Pre-Clearance Request - Purchase of Shares” or “Pre-Clearance Request - Sale of Shares” and include your completed Request for Approval to Trade Securities Form as an attachment.
If you need any of the information requested in the Request for Approval to Trade Securities Form, please contact the Company’s stock plan administrator.
Please note that the ultimate responsibility for compliance with federal and state securities laws rests with you, and that the clearance of any proposed transaction should not be construed as a guarantee that you will not later be found to have been in possession of inside information.
Exhibit 19.1
REQUEST FOR APPROVAL TO TRADE SECURITIES OF
TANDEM DIABETES CARE, INC. (TNDM)
Please submit the completed form to preclearance@tandemdiabetes.com at least one (1), but not more than five (5), business days in advance of the proposed transaction.
Name Title Employee ID #
Proposed Date of Transaction
Type of Transaction & Security
◦Purchase of stock
Number of shares being purchased:
◦Sale of stock
Number of shares being sold:
Grant and/or purchase date(s) of shares to be sold:
◦Exercise of stock options and sale of all underlying shares
Number of stock options being exercised:
◦Exercise of stock options and sale of part of underlying shares (including “sell-to-cover” transactions)
Number of stock options being exercised:
Number of underlying shares being sold:
◦Entry into 10b5-1 Trading Plan
Do you have an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan currently in place?
If so, when was it executed:
◦Modification or Termination of an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan
When was existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan established:
Is this a modification or termination entirely?
◦Gift of Shares
Number of shares being gifted:
◦Other
Broker Contact Information
Company Name
Contact Name
Email
Telephone
Status (check all applicable boxes)
◦Section 16 Person (as defined in the Insider Trading Policy)
◦Other
FOR LEGAL DEPARTMENT USE – Section 16 Filing Information
(check all applicable boxes and complete blanks)
◦Is a Form 3 or 4 required?
◦Is a Form 144 required?
Date of filing of last Form 144
Exhibit 19.1
I am not currently in possession of any material non-public information relating to Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and its subsidiaries. I hereby certify that the statements made on this form are true and correct.
I understand that clearance may be rescinded prior to effectuating the above transaction if material non-public information regarding Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. arises and, in the reasonable judgment of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., the completion of my trade would be inadvisable. I also understand that the ultimate responsibility for compliance with the insider trading provisions of the federal securities laws rests with me and that clearance of any proposed transaction should not be construed as a guarantee that I will not later be found to have been in possession of material non-public information.
Signature Date
Print Name Email
Telephone Number
FOR LEGAL DEPARTMENT USE
◦Request Approved (transaction must be completed within five business days after approval.
◦Request Denied
◦Request Approved with the following modification:
Signature
Date
Exhibit 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
| Name of Entity | State/Country of Organization | ||||
| Capillary Biomedical, LLC | United States | ||||
| Sugarmate, LLC | United States | ||||
| Tandem Diabetes Care Canada, Inc. | Canada | ||||
| Tandem Diabetes Care Europe B.V. | Netherlands | ||||
| Tandem Diabetes Care International Sarl | Switzerland | ||||
| Tandem Diabetes Care Switzerland Sarl | Switzerland | ||||
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
(1)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-232944) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.,
(2)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-226915) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.,
(3)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-192406) pertaining to the 2006 Stock Incentive Plan, 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.,
(4)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-202254) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(5)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-209685) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(6)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-223377) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(7)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-216529) pertaining to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.,
(8)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-273648) pertaining to the 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., and
(9)Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-279642) pertaining to the 2023 Long-Term Incentive Plan of Tandem Diabetes Care Inc.;
of our reports dated February 26, 2025, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc., included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/Ernst & Young LLP
San Diego, California
February 26, 2025
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John F. Sheridan, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
| Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | ||||||||||||||
| By: | /s/ John F. Sheridan | |||||||||||||
| John F. Sheridan President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||||||||||||||
| Dated: February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||||
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Leigh A. Vosseller, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc.
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
| Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. | ||||||||||||||
| By: | /s/ Leigh A. Vosseller | |||||||||||||
| Leigh A. Vosseller Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||||||||||||||
| Dated: February 26, 2025 | ||||||||||||||
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John F. Sheridan, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented.
| Date: February 26, 2025 | /s/ John F. Sheridan | |||||||
| John F. Sheridan President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||||||||
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION
Pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tandem Diabetes Care, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2024, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Leigh A. Vosseller, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the dates and for the periods presented.
| Date: February 26, 2025 | /s/ Leigh A. Vosseller | |||||||
| Leigh A. Vosseller Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer | ||||||||
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely to accompany the Report pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, and is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.